RELEASE_NOTES revision 102528
1			SENDMAIL RELEASE NOTES
2      $Id: RELEASE_NOTES,v 8.1340.2.43 2002/08/26 21:53:31 gshapiro Exp $
3
4
5This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version
6of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a
7summary of the changes in that release.
8
98.12.6/8.12.6	2002/08/26
10	Do not add the FallbackMXhost (or its MX records) to the list
11		returned by the bestmx map when -z is used as option.
12		Otherwise sendmail may act as an open relay if FallbackMXhost
13		and FEATURE(`relay_based_on_MX') are used together.
14		Problem noted by Alexander Ignatyev.
15	Properly split owner- mailing list messages when SuperSafe is set
16		to interactive.  Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
17		Courtesan Consulting.
18	Make sure that an envelope is queued in the selected queue group
19		even if some recipients are deleted or invalid.  Problem
20		found by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
21	Do not send a bounce message if a message is completely collected
22		from the SMTP client.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
23		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
24	Provide an 'install-submit-st' target for sendmail/Makefile to
25		install the MSP statistics file using the file named in the
26		confMSP_STFILE devtools variable.  Requested by Jeff
27		Earickson of Colby College.
28	Queue up mail with a temporary error if setusercontext() fails
29		during a delivery attempt.  Patch from Todd C. Miller of
30		Courtesan Consulting.
31	Fix handling of base64 encoded client authentication data for
32		SMTP AUTH.  Patch from Elena Slobodnik of life medien GmbH.
33	Set the OpenLDAP option LDAP_OPT_RESTART so the client libraries
34		restart interrupted system calls.  Problem noted by Luiz
35		Henrique Duma of BSIOne.
36	Prevent a segmentation fault if a program passed a NULL envp using
37		execve().
38	Document a problem with the counting of queue runners that may
39		cause delays if MaxQueueChildren is set too low. Problem
40		noted by Ian Duplisse of Cable Television Laboratories, Inc.
41	If discarding a message based on a recipient, don't try to look up
42		the recipient in the mailbox database if F=w is set.  This
43		allows users to discard bogus recipients when dealing with
44		spammers without tipping them off.  Problem noted by Neil
45		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
46	If applying a header check to a header with unstructured data,
47		e.g., Subject:, then do not run syntax checks that are
48		supposed for addresses on the header content.
49	Count messages rejected/discarded via the check_data ruleset.
50	Portability:
51		Fix compilation on systems which do not allow simple
52			copying of the variable argument va_list.  Based on
53			fix from Scott Walters.
54		Fix NSD map open bug.  From Michel Bourget of SGI.
55		Add some additional IRIX shells to the default shell
56			list.  From Michel Bourget of SGI.
57		Fix compilation issues on Mac OS X 10.2 (Darwin 6.0).
58			NETISO support has been dropped.
59	CONFIG: There was a seemingly minor change in 8.12.4 with respect
60		to handling entries of IP nets/addresses with RHS REJECT.
61		These would be rejected in check_rcpt instead of only
62		being activated in check_relay.  This change has been made to
63		avoid potential bogus temporary rejection of relay attempts
64		"450 4.7.1 Relaying temporarily denied. Cannot resolve PTR
65		record for ..." if delay_checks is enabled.  However, this
66		modification causes a change of behavior if an IP net/address
67		is listed in the access map with REJECT and a host/domain
68		name is listed with OK or RELAY, hence it has been reversed
69		such that the behavior of 8.12.3 is restored.  The original
70		change was made on request of Neil Rickert of Northern
71		Illinois University, the side effect has been found by
72		Stefaan Van Hoornick.
73	CONFIG: Make sure delay_checks works even for sender addresses
74		using the local hostname ($j) or domains in class {P}.
75		Based on patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
76		University.
77	CONFIG: Fix temporary error handling for LDAP Routing lookups.
78		Fix from Andrzej Filip.
79	CONTRIB: New version of etrn.pl script and external man page
80		(etrn.0) from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
81	LIBMILTER: Protect a free(3) operation from being called with a
82		NULL pointer.  Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
83	LIBMILTER: Protect against more interrupted select() calls.  Based
84		on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
85		Superieure des Mines de Paris.
86	New Files:
87		contrib/etrn.0
88
898.12.5/8.12.5	2002/06/25
90	SECURITY: The DNS map can cause a buffer overflow if the user
91		specifies a dns map using TXT records in the configuration
92		file and a rogue DNS server is queried.  None of the
93		sendmail supplied configuration files use this option hence
94		they are not vulnerable.  Problem noted independently by
95		Joost Pol of PINE Internet and Anton Rang of Sun Microsystems.
96	Unprintable characters in responses from DNS servers for the DNS
97		map type are changed to 'X' to avoid potential problems
98		with rogue DNS servers.
99	Require a suboption when setting the Milter option.  Problem noted
100		by Bryan Costales.
101	Do not silently overwrite command line settings for
102		DirectSubmissionModifiers.  Problem noted by Bryan
103		Costales.
104	Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
105		turning off alarms before checking if event list is
106		empty.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
107		Polytechnic Institute.
108	Close a potential race condition in transitioning a memory buffered
109		file onto disk.  From Janani Devarajan of Sun Microsystems.
110	Portability:
111		Include paths.h on Linux systems running glibc 2.0 or later
112			to get the definition for _PATH_SENDMAIL, used by
113			rmail and vacation.  Problem noted by Kevin
114			A. McGrail of Peregrine Hardware.
115		NOTE: Linux appears to have broken flock() again.  Unless
116			the bug is fixed before sendmail 8.13 is shipped,
117			8.13 will change the default locking method to
118			fcntl() for Linux kernel 2.4 and later.  You may
119			want to do this in 8.12 by compiling with
120			-DHASFLOCK=0.  Be sure to update other sendmail
121			related programs to match locking techniques.
122
1238.12.4/8.12.4	2002/06/03
124	SECURITY: Inherent limitations in the UNIX file locking model
125		can leave systems open to a local denial of service
126		attack.  Be sure to read the "FILE AND MAP PERMISSIONS"
127		section of the top level README for more information.
128		Problem noted by lumpy.
129	Use TempFileMode (defaults to 0600) for the permissions of PidFile
130		instead of 0644.
131	Change the default file permissions for new alias database files
132		from 0644 to 0640.  This can be overridden at compile time
133		by setting the DBMMODE macro.
134	Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
135		NAME is set.  Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
136		Purdue University.
137	Expand macros before passing them to libmilter.  Problem noted
138		by Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
139		Superieure des Mines de Paris.
140	Rewind the df (message body) before truncating it when libmilter
141		replaces the body of a message.  Problem noted by Gisle Aas
142		of Active State.
143	Change SMTP reply code for AUTH failure from 500 to 535 and the
144		initial zero-length response to "=" per RFC 2554.  Patches
145		from Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
146	Do not try to fix broken message/rfc822 MIME attachments by
147		inserting a MIME-Version: header when MaxMimeHeaderLength
148		is set and no 8 to 7 bit conversion is needed.  Based on
149		patch from Rehor Petr of ICZ (Czech Republic).
150	Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" if the connection
151		is rejected anyway.  Noted by Chris Loelke.
152	Mention the submission mail queue in the mailq man page.  Requested
153		by Bill Fenner of AT&T.
154	Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
155		or the queue.
156	Detach from shared memory before dropping privileges back to
157		user who started sendmail.
158	If AllowBogusHELO is set to false (default) then also complain if
159		the argument to HELO/EHLO contains white space.  Suggested
160		by Seva Gluschenko of Cronyx Plus.
161	Allow symbolicly linked forward files in writable directory paths
162		if both ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath and
163		LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir DontBlameSendmail options
164		are set.  Problem noted by Werner Spirk of
165		Leibniz-Rechenzentrum Munich.
166	Portability:
167		Operating systems that lack the ftruncate() call will not
168			be able to use Milter's body replacement feature.
169			This only affects Altos, Maxion, and MPE/iX.
170		Digital UNIX 5.0 has changed flock() semantics to be
171			non-compliant.  Problem noted by Martin Mokrejs of
172			Charles University in Prague.
173		The sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0 now supports shared
174			memory.
175	CONFIG: FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') needs the macro map.
176		Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
177	CONFIG: Using 'local:' as a mailertable value with
178		FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') and LUSER_RELAY caused mail
179		to be misaddressed.  Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
180	CONFIG: Provide a workaround for DNS based rejection lists that
181		fail for AAAA queries.  Problem noted by Chris Boyd.
182	CONFIG: Accept the machine's hostname as resolvable when checking
183		the sender address.  This allows locally submitted mail to
184		be accepted if the machine isn't connected to a nameserver
185		and doesn't have an /etc/hosts entry for itself.  Problem
186		noted by Robert Watson of the TrustedBSD Project.
187	CONFIG: Use deferred expansion for checking the ${deliveryMode}
188		macro in case the SMTP VERB command is used.  Problem
189		noted by Bryan Costales.
190	CONFIG: Avoid a duplicate '@domain' virtusertable lookup if no
191		matches are found.  Fix from Andrzej Filip.
192	CONFIG: Fix wording in default dnsbl rejection message.  Suggested
193		by Lou Katz of Metron Computerware, Ltd.
194	CONFIG: Add mailer cyrusv2 for Cyrus V2.  Contributed by
195		Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
196	CONTRIB: Fix wording in default dnsblaccess rejection message to
197		match dnsbl change.
198	DEVTOOLS: Add new option for access mode of statistics file,
199		confSTMODE, which specifies the permissions when initially
200		installing the sendmail statistics file.
201	LIBMILTER: Mark the listening socket as close-on-exec in case
202		a user's filter starts other applications.
203	LIBSM: Allow the MBDB initialize, lookup, and/or terminate
204		functions in SmMbdbTypes to be set to NULL.
205	MAKEMAP: Change the default file permissions for new databases from
206		0644 to 0640.  This can be overridden at compile time
207		by setting the DBMMODE macro.
208	SMRSH: Fix man page bug: replace SMRSH_CMDBIN with SMRSH_CMDDIR.
209		Problem noted by Dave Alden of Ohio State University.
210	VACATION: When listing the vacation database (-l), don't show
211		bogus timestamps for excluded (-x) addresses.  Problem
212		noted by Bryan Costales.
213	New Files:
214		cf/mailer/cyrusv2.m4
215
2168.12.3/8.12.3	2002/04/05
217	NOTICE: In general queue files should not be moved if queue groups
218		are used.  In previous versions this could cause mail
219		not to be delivered if a queue file is repeatedly moved
220		by an external process whenever sendmail moved it back
221		into the right place.  Some precautions have been taken
222		to avoid moving queue files if not really necessary.
223		sendmail may use links to refer to queue files and it
224		may store the path of data files in queue files.  Hence
225		queue files should not be moved unless those internals
226		are understood and the integrity of the files is not
227		compromised.  Problem noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia
228		University.
229	If an error mail is created, and the mail is split across different
230		queue directories, and SuperSafe is off, then write the mail
231		to disk before splitting it, otherwise an assertion is
232		triggered.  Problem tracked down by Henning Schmiedehausen
233		of INTERMETA.
234	Fix possible race condition that could cause sendmail to forget
235		running queues.  Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.
236	Handle bogus qf files better without triggering assertions.
237		Problem noted by Guy Feltin.
238	Protect against interrupted select() call when enforcing Milter
239		read and write timeouts.  Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of
240		ActiveState.
241	Matching queue IDs with -qI should be case sensitive.  Problem
242		noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
243	If privileges have been dropped, don't try to change group ID to
244		the RunAsUser group.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
245		Northern Illinois University.
246	Fix SafeFileEnvironment path munging when the specified path
247		contains a trailing slash.  Based on patch from Dirk Meyer
248		of Dinoex.
249	Do not limit sendmail command line length to SM_ARG_MAX (usually
250		4096).  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
251		Polytechnic Institute.
252	Clear full name of sender for each new envelope to avoid bogus data
253		if several mails are sent in one session and some of them
254		do not have a From: header.  Problem noted by Bas Haakman.
255	Change timeout check such that cached information about a connection
256		will be immediately invalid if ConnectionCacheTimeout is zero.
257		Based on patch from David Burns of Portland State University.
258	Properly count message size for mailstats during mail collection.
259		Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
260	Log complete response from LMTP delivery agent on failure.  Based on
261		patch from by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
262	Provide workaround for getopt() implementations that do not catch
263		missing arguments.
264	Fix the message size calculation if the message body is replaced by
265		a milter filter and buffered file I/O is being used.
266		Problem noted by Sergey Akhapkin of Dr.Web.
267	Do not honor SIGUSR1 requests if running with extra privileges.
268		Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
269	Prevent a file descriptor leak on mail delivery if the initial
270		connect fails and DialDelay is set.  Patch from Servaas
271		Vandenberghe of Katholieke Universiteit Leuven.
272	Properly deal with a case where sendmail is called by root running
273		a set-user-ID (non-root) program.  Problem noted by Jon
274		Lusky of ISS Atlanta.
275	Avoid leaving behind stray transcript (xf) files if multiple queue
276		directories are used and mail is sent to a mailing list
277		which has an owner- alias.  Problem noted by Anne Bennett
278		of Concordia University.
279	Fix class map parsing code if optional key is specified.  Problem
280		found by Mario Nigrovic.
281	The SMTP daemon no longer tries to fix up improperly dot-stuffed
282		incoming messages.  A leading dot is always stripped by the
283		SMTP receiver regardless of whether or not it is followed by
284		another dot.  Problem noted by Jordan Ritter of darkridge.com.
285	Fix corruption when doing automatic MIME 7-bit quoted-printable or
286		base64 encoding to 8-bit text.  Problem noted by Mark
287		Elvers.
288	Correct the statistics gathered for total number of connections.
289		Instead of being the exact same number as the total number
290		of messages (T line in mailstats) it now represents the
291		total number of TCP connections.
292	Be more explicit about syntax errors in addresses, especially
293		non-ASCII characters, and properly create DSNs if necessary.
294		Problem noted by Leena Heino of the University of Tampere.
295	Prevent small timeouts from being lost on slow machines if itimers
296		are used.  Problem noted by Suresh Ramasubramanian.
297	Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
298		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
299		Texas.
300	Change the SMTP error code for temporary map failures from 421
301		to 451.
302	Do not assume that realloc(NULL, size) works on all OS (this was
303		only done in one place: queue group creation).  Based on
304		patch by Bryan Costales.
305	Initialize Timeout.iconnect in the code to prevent randomly short
306		timeouts.  Problem noted by Bradley Watts of AT&T Canada.
307	Do not try to send a second SMTP QUIT command if the remote
308		responds to a MAIL command with a 421 reply or on I/O
309		errors.  By doing so, the host was marked as having a
310		temporary problem and other mail destined for that host was
311		queued for the next queue run.  Problem noted by Fletcher
312		Mattox of the University of Texas, Allan E Johannesen of
313		Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Larry Greenfield of CMU,
314		and Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
315	Ignore error replies from the SMTP QUIT command (including servers
316		which drop the connection instead of responding to the
317		command).
318	Portability:
319		Check LDAP_API_VERSION to determine if ldap_memfree() is
320			available.
321		Define HPUX10 when building on HP-UX 10.X.  That platform
322			now gets the proper _PATH_SENDMAIL and SMRSH_CMDDIR
323			settings.  Patch from Elias Halldor Agustsson of
324			Skyrr.
325		Fix dependency building on Mac OS X and Darwin.  Problem
326			noted by John Beck.
327		Preliminary support for the sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0.
328		Add /sbin/sh as an acceptable user shell on HP-UX.  From
329			Rajesh Somasund of Hewlett-Packard.
330	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(`authinfo') to allow a separate database for
331		SMTP AUTH information.  This feature was actually added in
332		8.12.0 but a release note was not included.
333	CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
334		parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
335		error.
336	CONFIG: Honor FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') when using
337		FEATURE(`relay_mail_from', `domain').  Problem noted by
338		Krzysztof Oledzki.
339	CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') now disables any type of alias
340		initialization as aliases are not needed for the MSP.
341	CONFIG: Allow users to override RELAY_MAILER_ARGS when FEATURE(`msp')
342		is in use.  Patch from Andrzej Filip.
343	CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') uses `[localhost]' as default instead of
344		`localhost' and turns on MX lookups for the SMTP mailers.
345		This will only have an effect if a parameter is specified,
346		i.e., an MX lookup will be performed on the hostname unless
347		it is embedded in square brackets.  Problem noted by
348		Theo Van Dinter of Collective Technologies.
349	CONFIG: Set confTIME_ZONE to USE_TZ in submit.mc (TimeZoneSpec= in
350		submit.cf) to use $TZ for time stamps.  This is a compromise
351		to allow for the proper time zone on systems where the
352		default results in misleading time stamps. That is, syslog
353		time stamps and Date headers on submitted mail will use the
354		user's $TZ setting.  Problem noted by Mark Roth of the
355		University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, solution proposed
356		by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
357	CONFIG: Mac OS X (Darwin) ships with mail.local as non-set-user-ID
358		binary.  Adjust local mailer flags accordingly.  Problem
359		noted by John Beck.
360	CONTRIB: Add a warning to qtool.pl to not move queue files around
361		if queue groups are used.
362	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Add -f option to force rebuild.
363	CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add -f option to specify control socket.
364	CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add support for 'memdump' command.
365		Suggested by Bryan Costales.
366	DEVTOOLS: Add dependency generation for test programs.
367	LIBMILTER: Remove conversion of port number for the socket
368		structure that is passed to xxfi_connect().  Notice:
369		this fix requires that sendmail and libmilter both have
370		this change; mixing versions may lead to wrong port
371		values depending on the endianness of the involved systems.
372		Problem noted by Gisle Aas of ActiveState.
373	LIBMILTER: If smfi_setreply() sets a custom reply code of '4XX' but
374		SMFI_REJECT is returned, ignore the custom reply.  Do the
375		same if '5XX' is used and SMFI_TEMPFAIL is returned.
376	LIBMILTER: Install include files in ${INCLUDEDIR}/libmilter/ as
377		required by mfapi.h.  Problem noted by Jose Marcio Martins
378		da Cruz of Ecole Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
379	LIBSM: Add SM_CONF_LDAP_MEMFREE as a configuration define.  Set
380		this to 1 if your LDAP client libraries include
381		ldap_memfree().
382	LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
383		and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
384	SMRSH: Fix compilation problem on some operating systems.  Problem
385		noted by Christian Krackowizer of schuler technodat GmbH.
386	VACATION: Allow root to operate on user vacation databases.  Based
387		on patch from Greg Couch of the University of California,
388		San Francisco.
389	VACATION: Don't ignore -C option.  Based on patch by Bryan Costales.
390	VACATION: Clarify option usage in the man page.  Problem noted by
391		Joe Barbish.
392	New Files:
393		libmilter/docs/smfi_setbacklog.html
394
3958.12.2/8.12.2	2002/01/13
396	Don't complain too much if stdin, stdout, or stderr are missing
397		at startup, only log an error message.
398	Fix potential problem if an unknown operation mode (character
399		following -b) has been specified.
400	Prevent purgestat from looping even if someone changes the
401		permissions or owner of hoststatus files.  Problem noted
402		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
403	Properly record dropped connections in persistent host status.
404		Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat
405		Regensburg.
406	Remove newlines from recipients read via sendmail -t to prevent
407		SMTP protocol errors when sending the RCPT command.
408		Problem noted by William D. Colburn of the New Mexico
409		Institute of Mining and Technology.
410	Only log milter body replacements once instead of for each body
411		chunk sent by a filter.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
412		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
413	In 8.12.0 and 8.12.1, the headers were mistakenly not included in
414		the message size calculation.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
415		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
416	Since 8.12 no longer forks at the SMTP MAIL command, the daemon
417		needs to collect children status to avoid zombie processes.
418		Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
419	Shut down "nullserver" and ETRN-only connections after 25 bad
420		commands are issued.  This makes it consistent with normal
421		SMTP connections.
422	Avoid duplicate logging of milter rejections.  Problem noted by
423		William D. Colburn of the New Mexico Institute of Mining
424		and Technology.
425	Error and delay DSNs were being sent to postmaster instead of the
426		message sender if the sender had used a deprecated RFC822
427		source route.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
428		Meteorological Institute.
429	Fix FallbackMXhost behavior for temporary errors during address
430		parsing.  Problem noted by Jorg Bielak from Coastal Web
431		Online.
432	For systems on which stat(2) does not return a value for st_blksize
433		that is the "optimal blocksize for I/O" three new compile
434		time flags are available: SM_IO_MAX_BUF_FILE, SM_IO_MIN_BUF,
435		and SM_IO_MAX_BUF, which define an upper limit for
436		regular files, and a lower and upper limit for other file
437		types, respectively.
438	Fix a potential deadlock if two events are supposed to occur at
439		exactly the same time.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks
440		of Virginia Tech.
441	Perform envelope splitting for aliases listed directly in the
442		alias file, not just for include/.forward files.
443		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
444	Allow selection of queue group for mailq using -qGgroup.
445		Based on patch by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
446	Make sure cached LDAP connections used my multiple maps in the same
447		process are closed.  Patch from Taso N. Devetzis.
448	If running as root, allow reading of class files in protected
449		directories.  Patch from Alexander Talos of the University
450		of Vienna.
451	Correct a few LDAP related memory leaks.  Patch from David Powell
452		of Sun Microsystems.
453	Allow specification of an empty realm via the authinfo ruleset.
454		This is necessary to interoperate as an SMTP AUTH client
455		with servers that do not support realms when using
456		CRAM-MD5.  Problem noted by Bjoern Voigt of TU Berlin.
457	Avoid a potential information leak if AUTH PLAIN is used and the
458		server gets stuck while processing that command.  Problem
459		noted by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
460	In addition to printing errors when parsing recipients during
461		command line invocations log them to make it simpler
462		to understand possible DSNs to postmaster.
463	Do not use FallbackMXhost on mailers which have the F=0 flag set.
464	Allow local mailers (F=l) to specify a host for TCP connections
465		instead of forcing localhost.
466	Obey ${DESTDIR} for installation of the client mail queue and
467		submit.cf.  Patch from Peter 'Luna' Runestig.
468	Re-enable support for -M option which was broken in 8.12.1.  Problem
469		noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
470	If a remote server violates the SMTP standard by unexpectedly
471		dropping the connection during an SMTP transaction, stop
472		sending commands.  This prevents bogus "Bad file number"
473		recipient status.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
474		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
475	Do not use a size estimate of 100 for postmaster bounces, it's
476		almost always too small; do not guess the size at all.
477	New VENDOR_DEC for Compaq/DEC.  Requested by James Seagraves of
478		Compaq Computer Corp.
479	Fix DaemonPortOptions IPv6 address parsing such that ::1 works
480		properly.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia
481		Tech.
482	Portability:
483		Fix IPv6 network interface probing on HP-UX 11.X.  Based on
484			patch provided by HP.
485		Mac OS X (aka Darwin) has a broken setreuid() call, but a
486			working seteuid() call.  From Daniel J. Luke.
487		Use proper type for a 32-bit integer on SINIX.  From Ganu
488			Sachin of Siemens.
489		Set SM_IO_MIN_BUF (4K) and SM_IO_MAX_BUF (8K) for HP-UX.
490		Reduce optimization from +O3 to +O2 on HP-UX 11.  This
491			fixes a problem that caused additional bogus
492			characters to be written to the qf file.  Problem
493			noted by Tapani Tarvainen.
494		Set LDA_USE_LOCKF by default for UnixWare.  Problem noted
495			by Boyd Lynn Gerber.
496		Add support for HP MPE/iX.  See sendmail/README for port
497			information.  From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
498		New portability defines HASNICE, HASRRESVPORT, USE_ENVIRON,
499			USE_DOUBLE_FORK, and NEEDLINK.  See sendmail/README
500			for more information.  From Mark Bixby of
501			Hewlett-Packard.
502		If an OS doesn't have a method of finding free disk space
503			(SFS_NONE), lie and say there is plenty of space.
504			From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
505		Add support for AIX 5.1.  From Valdis Kletnieks of
506			Virginia Tech.
507		Fix man page location for NeXTSTEP.  From Hisanori Gogota
508			of the NTT/InterCommunication Center.
509		Do not assume that strerror() always returns a string.
510			Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
511	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd5) for FreeBSD 5.X, which has removed
512		UUCP from the base operating system.  From Mark Murray of
513		FreeBSD Services, Ltd.
514	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(mpeix) and a generic .mc file for HP MPE/iX
515		systems.  From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
516	CONFIG: Add support for selecting a queue group for all mailers.
517		Based on proposal by Stephen L. Ulmer of the University of
518		Florida.
519	CONFIG: Fix error reporting for compat_check.m4.  Problem noted by
520		Altin Waldmann.
521	CONFIG: Do not override user selections for confRUN_AS_USER and
522		confTRUSTED_USER in FEATURE(msp).  From Mark Bixby of
523		Hewlett-Packard.
524	LIBMILTER: Fix bug that prevented the removal of a socket after
525		libmilter terminated.  Problem reported by Andrey V. Pevnev
526		of MSFU.
527	LIBMILTER: Fix configuration error that required libsm for linking.
528		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
529		Institute.
530	LIBMILTER: Portability fix for OpenUNIX.  Patch from Larry Rosenman.
531	LIBMILTER: Fix a theoretical memory leak and a possible attempt
532		to free memory twice.
533	LIBSM: Fix a potential segmentation violation in the I/O library.
534		Problem found and analyzed by John Beck and Tim Haley
535		of Sun Microsystems.
536	LIBSM: Do not clear the LDAP configuration information when
537		terminating the mailbox database connection in the LDAP
538		example code.  Problem noted by Nikos Voutsinas of the
539		University of Athens.
540	New Files:
541		cf/cf/generic-mpeix.cf
542		cf/cf/generic-mpeix.mc
543		cf/ostype/freebsd5.m4
544		cf/ostype/mpeix.m4
545		devtools/OS/AIX.5.1
546		devtools/OS/MPE-iX
547		include/sm/os/sm_os_mpeix.h
548		libsm/mpeix.c
549
5508.12.1/8.12.1	2001/10/01
551	SECURITY: Check whether dropping group privileges actually succeeded
552		to avoid possible compromises of the mail system by
553		supplying bogus data.  Add configuration options for
554		different set*gid() calls to reset saved gid.  Problem
555		found by Michal Zalewski.
556	PRIVACY: Prevent information leakage when sendmail has extra
557		privileges by disabling debugging (command line -d flag)
558		during queue runs and disabling ETRN when sendmail -bs is
559		used.  Suggested by Michal Zalewski.
560	Avoid memory corruption problems resulting from bogus .cf files.
561		Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
562	Set the ${server_addr} macro to name of mailer when doing LMTP
563		delivery.  LMTP systems may offer SMTP Authentication or
564		STARTTLS causing sendmail to use this macro in rulesets.
565	If debugging is turned on (-d0.10) print not just the default
566		values for configuration file and pid file but also the
567		selected values.  Problem noted by Brad Chapman.
568	Continue dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL
569		errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time
570		if ResolverOptions=WorkAroundBrokenAAAA is set.  Previously
571		this only applied to hostname canonification.  Problem
572		noted by Bill Fenner of AT&T Research.
573	Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
574		canonical name for a host.
575	When sendmail has extra privileges, limit mail submission command
576		line flags (i.e., -G, -h, -F, etc.)  to mail submission
577		operating modes (i.e., -bm, -bs, -bv, etc.).  Idea based on
578		suggestion from Michal Zalewski.
579	Portability:
580		AIX: Use `oslevel` if available to determine OS version.
581			`uname` does not given complete information.
582			Problem noted by Keith Neufeld of the Cessna
583			Aircraft Company.
584		OpenUNIX: Use lockf() for LDA delivery (affects mail.local).
585			Problem noticed by Boyd Lynn Gerber of ZENEX.
586		Avoid compiler warnings by not using pointers to pass
587			integers.  Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
588			Courtesan Consulting.
589	CONFIG: Add restrictqrun to PrivacyOptions for the MSP to minimize
590		problems with potential misconfigurations.
591	CONFIG: Fix comment showing default value of MaxHopCount.  Problem
592		noted by Greg Robinson of the Defence Science and
593		Technology Organisation of Australia.
594	CONFIG: dnsbl: If an argument specifies an error message in case
595		of temporary lookup failures for DNS based blacklists
596		then use it.
597	LIBMILTER: Install mfdef.h, required by mfapi.h.  Problem noted by
598		Richard A. Nelson of Debian.
599	LIBMILTER: Add __P definition for OS that lack it.  Problem noted
600		by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
601	LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
602		and vacation.
603	MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
604		not contain a value for a key.  Based on patch from
605		Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
606	New Files:
607		test/Build
608		test/Makefile
609		test/Makefile.m4
610		test/README
611		test/t_dropgid.c
612		test/t_setgid.c
613	Deleted Files:
614		include/sm/stdio.h
615		include/sm/sysstat.h
616
6178.12.0/8.12.0	2001/09/08
618	*NOTICE*: The default installation of sendmail does not use
619		set-user-ID root anymore.  You need to create a new user and
620		a new group before installing sendmail (both called smmsp by
621		default).  The installation process tries to install
622		/etc/mail/submit.cf and creates /var/spool/clientmqueue by
623		default.  Please see sendmail/SECURITY for details.
624	SECURITY: Check for group and world writable forward and :include:
625		files.  These checks can be turned off if absolutely
626		necessary using the DontBlameSendmail option and the new
627		flags:
628			GroupWritableForwardFile
629			WorldWritableForwardFile
630			GroupWritableIncludeFile
631			WorldWritableIncludeFile
632		Problem noted by Slawek Zak of Politechnika Warszawska,
633	SECURITY: Drop privileges when using address test mode.  Suggested
634		by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
635		(IdS).
636	Fixed problem of a global variable being used for a timeout jump
637		point where the variable could become overused for more than
638		one timeout concurrently.  This erroneous behavior resulted in
639		a corrupted stack causing a core dump.  The timeout is now
640		handled via libsm.  Problem noted by Michael Shapiro,
641		John Beck, and Carl Smith of Sun Microsystems.
642	If sendmail is set-group-ID then that group ID is used for permission
643		checks (group ID of RunAsUser).  This allows use of a
644		set-group-ID sendmail binary for initial message submission
645		and no set-user-ID root sendmail is needed.  For details
646		see sendmail/SECURITY.
647	Log a warning if a non-trusted user changes the syslog label.
648		Based on notice from Bryan Costales of SL3D, Inc.
649	If sendmail is called for initial delivery, try to use submit.cf
650		with a fallback of sendmail.cf as configuration file.  See
651		sendmail/SECURITY.
652	New configuration file option UseMSP to allow group writable queue
653		files if the group is the same as that of a set-group-ID
654		sendmail binary.  See sendmail/SECURITY.
655	The .cf file is chosen based on the operation mode. For -bm (default),
656		-bs, and -t it is submit.cf if it exists for all others it
657		is sendmail.cf (to be backward compatible).  This selection
658		can be changed by the new option -Ac or -Am (alternative .cf
659		file: client or mta).  See sendmail/SECURITY.
660	The SMTP server no longer forks on each MAIL command.  The ONEX
661		command has been removed.
662	Implement SMTP PIPELINING per RFC 2920.  It can be turned off
663		at compile time or per host (ruleset).
664	New option MailboxDatabase specifies the type of mailbox database
665		used to look up local mail recipients; the default value
666		is "pw", which means to use getpwnam().  New mailbox database
667		types can be added by adding custom code to libsm/mbdb.c.
668	Queue file names are now 15 characters long, rather than 14 characters
669		long, to accomodate envelope splitting.  File systems with
670		a 14 character file name length limit are no longer
671		supported.
672	Recipient list used for delivery now gets internally ordered by
673		hostsignature (character string version of MX RR).  This orders
674		recipients for the same MX RR's together meaning smaller
675		portions of the list need to be scanned (instead of the whole
676		list) each delivery() pass to determine piggybacking.  The
677		significance of the change is better the larger the recipient
678		list.  Hostsignature is now created during recipient list
679		creation rather than just before delivery.
680	Enhancements for more opportunistic piggybacking.  Previous
681		piggybacking (called coincidental) extended to coattail
682		piggybacking.  Rather than complete MX RR matching
683		(coincidental) piggybacking is done if just the lowest value
684		preference matches (coattail).
685	If sendmail receives a temporary error on a RCPT TO: command, it will
686		try other MX hosts if available.
687	DefaultAuthInfo can contain a list of mechanisms to be used for
688		outgoing (client-side) SMTP Authentication.
689	New modifier 'A' for DaemonPortOptions/ClientPortOptions to disable
690		AUTH (overrides 'a' modifier in DaemonPortOptions).  Based
691		on patch from Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
692	Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS is used.
693	A new ruleset authinfo can be used to return client side
694		authentication information for AUTH instead of DefaultAuthInfo.
695		Therefore the DefaultAuthInfo option is deprecated and will be
696		removed in future versions.
697	Accept any SMTP continuation code 3xy for AUTH even though RFC 2554
698		requires 334.  Mercury 1.48 is a known offender.
699	Add new option AuthMaxBits to limit the overall encryption strength
700		for the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).  See
701		doc/op/op.me for details.
702	Introduce new STARTTLS related macros {cn_issuer}, {cn_subject},
703		{cert_md5} which hold the CN (common name) of the CA that
704		signed the presented certificate, the CN and the MD5 hash
705		of the presented certificate, respectively.
706	New ruleset try_tls to decide whether to try (as client) STARTTLS.
707	New ruleset srv_features to enable/disable certain features in the
708		server per connection.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
709	New ruleset tls_rcpt to decide whether to send e-mail to a particular
710		recipient; useful to decide whether a conection is secure
711		enough on a per recipient basis.
712	New option TLSSrvOptions to modify some aspects of the server
713		for STARTTLS.
714	If no certificate has been requested, the macro {verify} has the
715		value "NOT".
716	New M=S modifier for ClientPortOptions/DaemonPortOptions to turn off
717		using/offering STARTTLS when delivering/receiving e-mail.
718	Macro expand filenames/directories for certs and keys in the .cf file.
719		Proposed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
720	Generate an ephemeral RSA key for a STARTTLS connection only if
721		really required.  This change results in a noticable
722		performance gains on most machines.  Moreover, if shared
723		memory is in use, reuse the key several times.
724	Add queue groups which can be used to group queue directories with
725		the same behavior together.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
726	If the new option FastSplit (defaults to one) has a value greater
727		than zero, it suppresses the MX lookups on addresses when they
728		are initially sorted which may result in faster envelope
729		splitting.  If the mail is submitted directly from the
730		command line, then the value also limits the number of
731		processes to deliver the envelopes; if more envelopes are
732		created they are only queued up and must be taken care of
733		by a queue run.
734	The check for 'enough disk space' now pays attention to which file
735		system each queue directory resides in.
736	All queue runners can be cleanly terminated via SIGTERM to parent.
737	New option QueueFileMode for the default permissions of queue files.
738	Add parallel queue runner code.  Allows multiple queue runners per work
739		group (one or more queues in a multi-queue environment
740		collected together) to process the same work list at the
741		same time.
742	Option MaxQueueChildren added to limit the number of concurrently
743		active queue runner processes.
744	New option MaxRunnersPerQueue to specify the maximum number of queue
745		runners per queue group.
746	Queue member selection by substring pattern matching now allows
747		the pattern to be negated.  For -qI, -qR and -qS it is
748		permissible for -q!I, -q!R and -q!S to mean remove members
749		of the queue that match during processing.
750	New -qp[time] option is similar to -qtime, except that instead of
751		periodically forking a child to process the queue, a single
752		child is forked for each queue that sleeps between queue
753		runs.  A SIGHUP signal can be sent to restart this
754		persistent queue runner.
755	The SIGHUP signal now restarts a timed queue run process (i.e., a
756		sendmail process which only runs the queue at an interval:
757		sendmail -q15m).
758	New option NiceQueueRun	to set the priority of queue runners.
759		Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
760	sendmail will run the queue(s) in the background when invoked with -q
761		unless the new -qf option or -v is used.
762	QueueSortOrder=Random sorts the queue randomly, which is useful if
763		several queue runners are started by hand to avoid contention.
764	QueueSortOrder=Modification sorts the queue by the modification time
765		of the qf file (older entries first).
766	Support Deliver By SMTP Service Extension (RFC 2852) which allows
767		a client to specify an amount of time within which an e-mail
768		should be delivered.  New option DeliverByMin added to set the
769		minimum amount of time or disable the extension.
770	Non-printable characters (ASCII: 0-31, 127) in mailbox addresses are
771		not allowed unless escaped or quoted.
772	Add support for a generic DNS map.  Based on a patch contributed
773		by Leif Johansson of Stockholm University, which was based on
774		work by Assar Westerlund of Swedish Institute of Computer
775		Science, Kista, and Johan Danielsson of Royal Institute of
776		Technology, Stockholm, Sweden.
777	MX records will be looked up for FallBackMXhost.  To use the old
778		behavior (no MX lookups), put the name in square brackets.
779		Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
780	Use shared memory to store free space of filesystems that are used
781		for queues, if shared memory is available and if a key is set
782		via SharedMemoryKey.  This minimizes the number of system
783		calls to check the available space.  See doc/op/op.me for
784		details.
785	If shared memory is compiled in the option -bP can be used to print
786		the number of entries in the queue(s).
787	Enable generic mail filter API (milter).  See libmilter/README
788		and the usual documentation for details.
789	Remove AutoRebuildAliases option, deprecated since 8.10.
790	Remove '-U' (initial user submission) command line option as
791		announced in 8.10.
792	Remove support for non-standard SMTP command XUSR.  Use an MSA instead.
793	New macro {addr_type} which contains whether the current address is
794		an envelope sender or recipient address.  Suggested by
795		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
796	Two new options for host maps: -d (retransmission timeout),
797		-r (number of retries).
798	New option for LDAP maps: the -V<sep> allows you to specify a
799		separator such that a lookup can return both an attribute
800		and value separated by the given separator.
801	Add new operators '%', '|', '&' (modulo, binary or, binary and)
802		to map class arith.
803	If DoubleBounceAddress expands to an empty string, ``double bounces''
804		(errors that occur when sending an error message) are dropped.
805	New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableSASLDBFile and
806		GroupWritableSASLDBFile to relax requirements for sasldb files.
807	New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableKeyFile to relax
808		requirements for files containing secret keys.  This is
809		necessary for the MSP if client authentification is used.
810	Properly handle quoted filenames for class files (to allow for
811		filenames with spaces).
812	Honor the resolver option RES_NOALIASES when canonifying hostnames.
813	Add macros to avoid the reuse of {if_addr} etc:
814		{if_name_out}	hostname of interface of outgoing connection.
815		{if_addr_out}	address of interface of outgoing connection.
816		{if_family_out}	family of interface of outgoing connection.
817		The latter two are only set if the interface does not belong
818		to the loopback net.
819	Add macro {nrcpts} which holds the number of (validated) recipients.
820	DialDelay option applies only to mailers with flag 'Z'.  Patch from
821		Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
822	New Timeout.lhlo,auth,starttls options to limit the time waiting for
823		an answer to the LMTP LHLO, SMTP AUTH or STARTTLS command.
824	New Timeout.aconnect option to limit the overall waiting time for
825		all connections for a single delivery attempt to succeed.
826	Limit the rate recipients in the SMTP envelope are accepted once
827		a threshold number of recipients has been rejected (option
828		BadRcptThrottle).  From Gregory A Lundberg of the WU-FTPD
829		Development Group.
830	New option DelayLA to delay connections if the load averages
831		exceeds the specified value.  The default of 0 does not
832		change the previous behavior.  A value greater than 0
833		will cause sendmail to sleep for one second on most
834		SMTP commands and before accepting connections if that
835		load average is exceeded.
836	Use a dynamic (instead of fixed-size) buffer for the list of
837		recipients that are sent during a connection to a mailer.
838		This also introduces a new mailer field 'r' which defines
839		the maximum number of recipients (defaults to 100).
840		Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
841	Add new F=1 mailer flag to disable sending of null characters ('\0').
842	Add new F=2 mailer flag to disable use of ESMTP, using SMTP instead.
843	The deprecated [TCP] builtin mailer pathname (P=) is gone.  Use [IPC]
844		instead.
845	IPC is no longer available as first mailer argument (A=) for [IPC]
846		builtin mailer pathnames.  Use TCP instead.
847	PH map code updated to use the new libphclient API instead of the
848		old libqiapi library.  Contributed by Mark Roth of the
849		University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
850	New option DirectSubmissionModifiers to define {daemon_flags}
851		for direct (command line) submissions.
852	New M=O modifier for DaemonPortOptions to ignore the socket in
853		case of failures.  Based on patch by Jun-ichiro itojun
854		Hagino of the KAME Project.
855	Add Disposition-Notification-To: (RFC 2298) to the list of headers
856		whose content is rewritten similar to Reply-To:.
857		Proposed by Andrzej Filip.
858	Use STARTTLS/AUTH=server/client for logging incoming/outgoing
859		STARTTLS/AUTH connections; log incoming connections at level
860		9 or higher.  Use AUTH/STARTTLS instead of SASL/TLS for SMTP
861		AUTH/STARTTLS related logfile entries.
862	Convert unprintable characters (and backslash) into octal or C format
863		before logging.
864	Log recipients if no message is transferred but QUIT/RSET is given
865		(at LogLevel 9/10 or higher).
866	Log discarded recipients at LogLevel 10 or higher.
867	Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" for connections
868		in which most commands are rejected due to check_relay or
869		TCP Wrappers if the host tries one of those commands anyway.
870	Change logging format for cloned envelopes to be similar to that for
871		DSNs ("old id: new id: clone").  Suggested by Ulrich Windl
872		of the Universitat Regensburg.
873	Added libsm, a C library of general purpose abstractions including
874		assertions, tracing and debugging with named debug categories,
875		exception handling, malloc debugging, resource pools,
876		portability abstractions, and an extensible buffered I/O
877		package.  It will at some point replace libsmutil.
878		See libsm/index.html for details.
879	Fixed most memory leaks in sendmail which were previously taken
880		care of by fork() and exit().
881	Use new sm_io*() functions in place of stdio calls.  Allows for
882		more consistent portablity amongst different platforms
883		new and old (from new libsm).
884	Common I/O pkg means just one buffering method needed instead of two
885		('bf_portable' and 'bf_torek' now just 'bf').
886	Sfio no longer needed as SASL/TLS code uses sm_io*() API's.
887	New possible value 'interactive' for SuperSafe which can be used
888		together with DeliveryMode=interactive is to avoid some disk
889		synchronizations calls.
890	Add per-recipient status information to mailq -v output.
891	T_ANY queries are no longer used by sendmail.
892	When compiling with "gcc -O -Wall" specify "-DSM_OMIT_BOGUS_WARNINGS"
893		too (see include/sm/cdefs.h for more info).
894	sendmail -d now has general support for named debug categories.
895		See libsm/debug.html and section 3.4 of doc/op/op.me
896		for details.
897	Eliminate the "postmaster warning" DSNs on address parsing errors
898		such as unbalanced angle brackets or parentheses.  The DSNs
899		generated by this condition were illegal (not RFC conform).
900		Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
901	Do not issue a DSN if the ruleset localaddr resolves to the $#error
902		mailer and the recipient has hence been rejected during the
903		SMTP dialogue.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
904	Deal with a case of multiple deliveries on misconfigured systems
905		that do not have postmaster defined.  If an email was sent
906		from an address to which a DSN cannot be returned and
907		in which at least one recipient address is non-deliverable,
908		then that email had been delivered in each queue run.
909		Problem reported by Matteo HCE Valsasna of Universita
910		degli Studi dell'Insubria.
911	The compilation options SMTP, DAEMON, and QUEUE have been removed,
912		i.e., the corresponding code is always compiled in now.
913	Log the command line in daemon/queue-run mode at LogLevel 10 and
914		higher.  Suggested by Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
915	New ResolverOptions setting: WorkAroundBrokenAAAA.  When
916		attempting to canonify a hostname, some broken nameservers
917		will return SERVFAIL (a temporary failure) on T_AAAA (IPv6)
918		lookups.  If you want to excuse this behavior, use this new
919		flag.  Suggested by Chris Foote of SE Network Access and
920		Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at
921		Urbana-Champaign.
922	Free the memory allocated by getipnodeby{addr,name}().  Problem
923		noted by Joy Latten of IBM.
924	ConnectionRateThrottle limits the number of connections per second
925		to each daemon individually, not the overall number of
926		connections.
927	Specifying only "ldap:" as an AliasFile specification will force
928		sendmail to use a default alias schema as outlined in the
929		``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of
930		cf/README.
931	Add a new syntax for the 'F' (file class) sendmail.cf command.  If
932		the first character after the class name is not a '/' or a
933		'|' and it contains an '@' (e.g., F{X}key@class:spec), the
934		rest of the line will be parsed as a map lookup.  This
935		allows classes to be filled via a map lookup.  See op.me
936		for more syntax information.  Specifically, this can be
937		used for commands such as VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() to read
938		the list of domains via LDAP (see the ``USING LDAP FOR
939		ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README for an
940		example).
941	The new macro ${sendmailMTACluster} determines the LDAP cluster for
942		the default schema used in the above two items.
943	Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath is set, log a
944		warning if a program being run from a mailer or file class
945		(e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is in an unsafe directory path.
946	Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunWritableProgram is set, log a warning
947		if a program being run from a mailer or file class
948		(e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is group or world writable.
949	Loopback interfaces (e.g., "lo0") are now probed for class {w}
950		hostnames.  Setting DontProbeInterfaces to "loopback"
951		(without quotes) will disable this and return to the
952		pre-8.12 behavior of only probing non-loopback interfaces.
953		Suggested by Bryan Stansell of GNAC.
954	In accordance with RFC 2821 section 4.1.4, accept multiple
955		HELO/EHLO commands.
956	Multiple ClientPortOptions settings are now allowed, one for each
957		possible protocol family which may be used for outgoing
958		connections.  Restrictions placed on one family only affect
959		outgoing connections on that particular family.  Because of
960		this change, the ${client_flags} macro is not set until the
961		connection is established.  Based on patch from Motonori
962		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
963	PrivacyOptions=restrictexpand instructs sendmail to drop privileges
964		when the -bv option is given by users who are neither root
965		nor the TrustedUser so users can not read private aliases,
966		forwards, or :include: files.  It also will override the -v
967		(verbose) command line option.
968	If the M=b modifier is set in DaemonPortOptions and the interface
969		address can't be used for the outgoing connection, fall
970		back to the settings in ClientPortOptions (if set).
971		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
972	New named config file rule check_data for DATA command (input:
973		number of recipients).  Based on patch from Mark Roth of
974		the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
975	Add support for ETRN queue selection per RFC 1985.  The queue group
976		can be specified using the '#' option character.  For
977		example, 'ETRN #queuegroup'.
978	If an LDAP server times out or becomes unavailable, close the
979		current connection and reopen to get to one of the fallback
980		servers.  Patch from Paul Hilchey of the University of
981		British Columbia.
982	Make default error number on $#error messages 550 instead of 501
983		because 501 is not allowed on all commands.
984	The .cf file option UnsafeGroupWrites is deprecated, it should be
985		replaced with the settings GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
986		and GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe in DontBlameSendmail
987		if required.
988	The deprecated ldapx map class has been removed.  Use the ldap map
989		class instead.
990	Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed by the
991		"IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly.  For example,
992		if you want to add the IPv6 address [2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4] to
993		class {w}, you would need to add [IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4].
994	Change the $&{opMode} macro if the operation mode changes while the
995		MTA is running.  For example, during a queue run.
996	Add "use_inet6" as a new ResolverOptions flag to control the
997		RES_USE_INET6 resolver option.  Based on patch from Rick
998		Nelson of IBM.
999	The maximum number of commands before the MTA slows down when too
1000		many "light weight" commands have been received are now
1001		configurable during compile time.  The current values and
1002		their defaults are:
1003		    MAXBADCOMMANDS	25	unknown commands
1004		    MAXNOOPCOMMANDS	20	NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
1005		    MAXHELOCOMMANDS	3	HELO, EHLO
1006		    MAXVRFYCOMMANDS	6	VRFY, EXPN
1007		    MAXETRNCOMMANDS	8	ETRN
1008		Setting a value to 0 disables the check.  Patch from Bryan
1009		Costales of SL3D, Inc.
1010	The header syntax H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: now not only checks if
1011		${MyMacro} is defined but also that it is not empty.
1012	Properly quote usernames with special characters if they are used
1013		in headers.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1014		Meteorological Institute.
1015	Be sure to include the proper Final-Recipient: DSN header in bounce
1016		messages for messages for mailing list expanded addresses
1017		which are not delivered on the initial attempt.
1018	Do not treat errors as sticky when doing delivery via LMTP after
1019		the final dot has been sent to avoid affecting future
1020		deliveries.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
1021	New compile time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC which turns on support for
1022		file systems that require to call fsync() for a directory
1023		if the meta-data in it has been changed.  This should be
1024		set at least for ReiserFS; it is enabled by default for Linux.
1025		See sendmail/README for further information.
1026	Avoid file locking deadlock when updating the statistics file if
1027		sendmail is signaled to terminate.  Problem noted by
1028		Christophe Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
1029	Set the $c macro (hop count) as it is being set instead of when the
1030		envelope is initialized.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
1031		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1032	Properly count recipients for DeliveryMode defer and queue.  Fix
1033		from Peter A. Friend of EarthLink.
1034	Treat invalid hesiod lookups as permanent errors instead of
1035		temporary errors.  Problem noted by Russell McOrmond of
1036		flora.ca.
1037	Portability:
1038		Remove support for AIX 2, which supports only 14 character
1039			filenames and is outdated anyway.  Suggested by
1040			Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1041		Change several settings for Irix 6: remove confSBINDIR,
1042			i.e., use default /usr/sbin, change owner/group
1043			of man pages and user-executable to root/sys, set
1044			optimization limit to 0 (unlimited).  Based on patch
1045			from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D, and proposal from Kari
1046			Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1047		Do not assume LDAP support is installed by default under
1048			Solaris 8 and later.
1049		Add support for OpenUNIX.
1050	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 10.
1051	CONFIG: Add an install target and a README file in cf/cf.
1052	CONFIG: Don't accept addresses of the form a@b@, a@b@c, a@[b]c, etc.
1053	CONFIG: Reject empty recipient addresses (in check_rcpt).
1054	CONFIG: The access map uses an option of -T<TMPF> to deal with
1055		temporary lookup failures.
1056	CONFIG: New value for access map: SKIP, which causes the default
1057		action to be taken by aborting the search for domain names
1058		or IP nets.
1059	CONFIG: check_rcpt can deal with TEMPFAIL for either recipient or
1060		relay address as long as the other part allows the email
1061		to get through.
1062	CONFIG: Entries for virtusertable can make use of a third parameter
1063		"%3" which contains "+detail" of a wildcard match, i.e., an
1064		entry like user+*@domain.  This allows handling of details by
1065		using %1%3 as the RHS.  Additionally, a "+" wildcard has been
1066		introduced to match only non-empty details of addresses.
1067	CONFIG: Numbers for rulesets used by MAILERs have been removed
1068		and hence there is no required order within the MAILER
1069		section anymore except for MAILER(`uucp') which must come
1070		after MAILER(`smtp') if uucp-dom and uucp-uudom are used.
1071	CONFIG: Hosts listed in the generics domain class {G}
1072		(GENERICS_DOMAIN() and GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE()) are treated
1073		as canonical.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
1074	CONFIG: If FEATURE(`delay_checks') is used, make sure that a lookup
1075		in the access map which returns OK or RELAY actually
1076		terminates check_* ruleset checking.
1077	CONFIG: New tag TLS_Rcpt: for access map to be used by ruleset
1078		tls_rcpt, see cf/README for details.
1079	CONFIG: Change format of Received: header line which reveals whether
1080		STARTTLS has been used to "(version=${tls_version}
1081		cipher=${cipher} bits=${cipher_bits} verify=${verify})".
1082	CONFIG: Use "Spam:" as tag for lookups for FEATURE(`delay_checks')
1083		options friends/haters instead of "To:" and enable
1084		specification of whole domains instead of just users.
1085		Notice: this change is not backward compatible.
1086		Suggested by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
1087	CONFIG: Allow for local extensions for most new rulesets, see
1088		cf/README for details.
1089	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`lookupdotdomain') to lookup also .domain in
1090		the access map.  Proposed by Randall Winchester of the
1091		University of Maryland.
1092	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`local_no_masquerade') to avoid masquerading for
1093		the local mailer.  Proposed by Ingo Brueckl of Wupper Online.
1094	CONFIG: confRELAY_MSG/confREJECT_MSG can override the default
1095		messages for an unauthorized relaying attempt/for access
1096		map entries with RHS REJECT, respectively.
1097	CONFIG: FEATURE(`always_add_domain') takes an optional argument
1098		to specify another domain to be added instead of the local one.
1099		Suggested by Richard H. Gumpertz of Computer Problem
1100		Solving.
1101	CONFIG: confAUTH_OPTIONS allows setting of Cyrus-SASL specific
1102		options, see doc/op/op.me for details.
1103	CONFIG: confAUTH_MAX_BITS sets the maximum encryption strength for
1104		the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).
1105	CONFIG: If Local_localaddr resolves to $#ok, localaddr is terminated
1106		immediately.
1107	CONFIG: FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') is an enhanced version of dnsbl which
1108		allows checking of the return values of the DNS lookups.
1109		See cf/README for details.
1110	CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') allows now to specify the behavior for
1111		temporary lookup failures.
1112	CONFIG: New option confDELIVER_BY_MIN to specify minimum time for
1113		Deliver By (RFC 2852) or to turn off the extension.
1114	CONFIG: New option confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY to set the key for shared
1115		memory use.
1116	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`compat_check') to look up a key consisting
1117		of the sender and the recipient address delimited by the
1118		string "<@>", e.g., sender@sdomain<@>recipient@rdomain,
1119		in the access map.  Based on code contributed by Mathias
1120		Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications Ltd.
1121	CONFIG: Add EXPOSED_USER_FILE() command to allow an exposed user
1122		file.  Suggested by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1123	CONFIG: Don't use MAILER-DAEMON for error messages delivered
1124		via LMTP.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
1125	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') to preserve the name of
1126		the recipient host if LUSER_RELAY is used.
1127	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_local_plus_detail') to preserve the
1128		+detail portion of the address when passing address to
1129		local delivery agent.  Disables alias and .forward +detail
1130		stripping.  Only use if LDA supports this.
1131	CONFIG: Removed deprecated FEATURE(`rbl').
1132	CONFIG: Add LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT() and LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT_FILE()
1133		which allow you to specify 'equivalent' hosts for LDAP
1134		Routing lookups.  Equivalent hostnames are replaced by the
1135		masquerade domain name for lookups.  See cf/README for
1136		additional details.
1137	CONFIG: Add a fourth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
1138		instructs the rulesets on what to do if the address being
1139		looked up has +detail information.  See cf/README for more
1140		information.
1141	CONFIG: When chosing a new destination via LDAP Routing, also look
1142		up the new routing address/host in the mailertable.  Based
1143		on patch from Don Badrak of the United States Census Bureau.
1144	CONFIG: Do not reject the SMTP Mail from: command if LDAP Routing
1145		is in use and the bounce option is enabled.  Only reject
1146		recipients as user unknown.
1147	CONFIG: Provide LDAP support for the remaining database map
1148		features.  See the ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES AND MAPS''
1149		section of cf/README for more information.
1150	CONFIG: Add confLDAP_CLUSTER which defines the ${sendmailMTACluster}
1151		macro used for LDAP searches as described above in ``USING
1152		LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES''.
1153	CONFIG: confCLIENT_OPTIONS has been replaced by CLIENT_OPTIONS(),
1154		which takes the options as argument and can be used
1155		multiple times; see cf/README for details.
1156	CONFIG: Add configuration macros for new options:
1157		confBAD_RCPT_THROTTLE		BadRcptThrottle
1158		confDIRECT_SUBMISSION_MODIFIERS	DirectSubmissionModifiers
1159		confMAILBOX_DATABASE		MailboxDatabase
1160		confMAX_QUEUE_CHILDREN		MaxQueueChildren
1161		confMAX_RUNNERS_PER_QUEUE	MaxRunnersPerQueue
1162		confNICE_QUEUE_RUN		NiceQueueRun
1163		confQUEUE_FILE_MODE		QueueFileMode
1164		confFAST_SPLIT			FastSplit
1165		confTLS_SRV_OPTIONS		TLSSrvOptions
1166		See above (and related documentation) for further information.
1167	CONFIG: Add configuration variables for new timeout options:
1168		confTO_ACONNECT		Timeout.aconnect
1169		confTO_AUTH		Timeout.auth
1170		confTO_LHLO		Timeout.lhlo
1171		confTO_STARTTLS		Timeout.starttls
1172	CONFIG: Add configuration macros for mail filter API:
1173		confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS		InputMailFilters
1174		confMILTER_LOG_LEVEL		Milter.LogLevel
1175		confMILTER_MACROS_CONNECT	Milter.macros.connect
1176		confMILTER_MACROS_HELO		Milter.macros.helo
1177		confMILTER_MACROS_ENVFROM	Milter.macros.envfrom
1178		confMILTER_MACROS_ENVRCPT	Milter.macros.envrcpt
1179		Mail filters can be defined via INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() and
1180		MAIL_FILTER().  See libmilter/README, cf/README, and
1181		doc/op/op.me for details.
1182	CONFIG: Add support for accepting temporarily unresolvable domains.
1183		See cf/README for details.  Based on patch by Motonori
1184		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1185	CONFIG: confDEQUOTE_OPTS can be used to specify options for the
1186		dequote map.
1187	CONFIG: New macro QUEUE_GROUP() to define queue groups.
1188	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`queuegroup') to select a queue group based
1189		on the full e-mail address or the domain of the recipient.
1190	CONFIG: Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed
1191		by the "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly.  For
1192		example, if you want to use the IPv6 address
1193		2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 in the access database, you would need
1194		to use IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 on the left hand side.
1195		This affects the access database as well as the
1196		relay-domains and local-host-names files.
1197	CONFIG: OSTYPE(aux) has been renamed to OSTYPE(a-ux).
1198	CONFIG: Avoid expansion of m4 keywords in SMART_HOST.
1199	CONFIG: Add MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION_FILE() for reading masquerading
1200		exceptions from a file.  Suggested by Trey Breckenridge of
1201		Mississippi State University.
1202	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_USER_FILE() for reading local users
1203		(LOCAL_USER() -- $={L}) entries from a file.
1204	CONTRIB: dnsblaccess.m4 is a further enhanced version of enhdnsbl.m4
1205		which allows to lookup error codes in the access map.
1206		Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1207	DEVTOOLS: Add new options for installation of include and library
1208		files: confINCGRP, confINCMODE, confINCOWN, confLIBGRP,
1209		confLIBMODE, confLIBOWN.
1210	DEVTOOLS: Add new option confDONT_INSTALL_CATMAN to turn off
1211		installation of the the formatted man pages on operating
1212		systems which don't include cat directories.
1213	EDITMAP: New program for editing maps as supplement to makemap.
1214	MAIL.LOCAL: Mail.local now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
1215		local mail recipients.  New option -D mbdb specifies the
1216		mailbox database type.
1217	MAIL.LOCAL: New option "-h filename" which instructs mail.local to
1218		deliver the mail to the named file in the user's home
1219		directory instead of the system mail spool area.  Based on
1220		patch from Doug Hardie of the Los Angeles Free-Net.
1221	MAILSTATS: New command line option -P which acts the same as -p but
1222		doesn't truncate the statistics file.
1223	MAKEMAP: Add new option -t to specify a different delimiter
1224		instead of white space.
1225	RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
1226		submission.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1227		Meteorological Institute.
1228	SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on FreeBSD 3.3 and later.
1229	VACATION: Change Auto-Submitted: header value from auto-generated to
1230		auto-replied.  From Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1231	VACATION: New option -d to send error/debug messages to stdout
1232		instead of syslog.
1233	VACATION: New option -U which prevents the attempt to lookup login
1234		in the password file.  The -f and -m options must be used
1235		to specify the database and message file since there is no
1236		home directory for the default settings for these options.
1237	VACATION: Vacation now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
1238		local mail recipients; it reads the MailboxDatabase option
1239		from the sendmail.cf file.  New option -C cffile which
1240		specifies the path of the sendmail.cf file.
1241	New Directories:
1242		libmilter/docs
1243	New Files:
1244		cf/cf/README
1245		cf/cf/submit.cf
1246		cf/cf/submit.mc
1247		cf/feature/authinfo.m4
1248		cf/feature/compat_check.m4
1249		cf/feature/enhdnsbl.m4
1250		cf/feature/msp.m4
1251		cf/feature/local_no_masquerade.m4
1252		cf/feature/lookupdotdomain.m4
1253		cf/feature/preserve_luser_host.m4
1254		cf/feature/preserve_local_plus_detail.m4
1255		cf/feature/queuegroup.m4
1256		cf/sendmail.schema
1257		contrib/dnsblaccess.m4
1258		devtools/M4/UNIX/sm-test.m4
1259		devtools/OS/OpenUNIX.5.i386
1260		editmap/*
1261		include/sm/*
1262		libsm/*
1263		libsmutil/cf.c
1264		libsmutil/err.c
1265		sendmail/SECURITY
1266		sendmail/TUNING
1267		sendmail/bf.c
1268		sendmail/bf.h
1269		sendmail/sasl.c
1270		sendmail/sm_resolve.c
1271		sendmail/sm_resolve.h
1272		sendmail/tls.c
1273	Deleted Files:
1274		cf/feature/rbl.m4
1275		cf/ostype/aix2.m4
1276		devtools/OS/AIX.2
1277		include/sendmail/cdefs.h
1278		include/sendmail/errstring.h
1279		include/sendmail/useful.h
1280		libsmutil/errstring.c
1281		sendmail/bf_portable.c
1282		sendmail/bf_portable.h
1283		sendmail/bf_torek.c
1284		sendmail/bf_torek.h
1285		sendmail/clock.c
1286	Renamed Files:
1287		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc => cf/cf/generic-solaris.mc
1288		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.cf => cf/cf/generic-solaris.cf
1289		cf/ostype/aux.m4 => cf/ostype/a-ux.m4
1290
12918.11.6/8.11.6	2001/08/20
1292	SECURITY: Fix a possible memory access violation when specifying
1293		out-of-bounds debug parameters.  Problem detected by
1294		Cade Cairns of SecurityFocus.
1295	Avoid leaking recipient information in unrelated DSNs.  This could
1296		happen if a connection is aborted, several mails had been
1297		scheduled for delivery via that connection, and the timeout
1298		is reached such that several DSNs are sent next.  Problem
1299		noted by Dileepan Moorkanat of Hewlett-Packard.
1300	Fix a possible segmentation violation when specifying too many
1301		wildcard operators in a rule.  Problem detected by
1302		Werner Wiethege.
1303	Avoid a segmentation fault on non-matching Hesiod lookups.  Problem
1304		noted by Russell McOrmond of flora.ca
1305
13068.11.5/8.11.5	2001/07/31
1307	Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart
1308		the daemon.  This could terminate the current process without
1309		starting a new daemon.  Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha
1310		of SE Netway Communications.
1311	Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or
1312		the command line.  Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1313	When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system
1314		which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back
1315		to looking up only IPv4 addresses.  Problem noted by Tim
1316		Bosserman of EarthLink.
1317	When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP
1318		Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response.
1319	Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using
1320		IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be
1321		forged".  Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo
1322		University College.
1323	Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM.  Problem noted by
1324		Greg King of the OAO Corporation.
1325	Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent
1326		out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent.
1327		Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope
1328		"header".  Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the
1329		University at Albany.
1330	Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem
1331		noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
1332	Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override
1333		their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O
1334		Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts
1335		to 2 days.  Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese.
1336	Portability:
1337		BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation.  Problem
1338			noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
1339		BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?).
1340			Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
1341		BSD/OS has fchown(2).  Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline
1342			2000 Internet Solutions Inc.
1343		Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3).  From Sebastian
1344			Hagedorn of Cologne University.
1345	CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses
1346		(user@[IPv6:address]).  Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou.
1347
13488.11.4/8.11.4	2001/05/28
1349	Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap
1350		corruption and other potential race conditions.
1351		Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be
1352		instantaneous due to this change.  Also, non-root users can
1353		no longer send out-of-band signals.  Problem reported by
1354		Michal Zalewski of BindView.
1355	If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an
1356		encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption
1357		strength.  Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol.
1358	If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is
1359		different in those two lines, sendmail might not have
1360		recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms.
1361	Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3.  Patch
1362		from Kenji Miyake.
1363	This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding
1364		QueueDirectory wildcards.
1365	If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close
1366		the same map again while exiting.
1367	Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via
1368		LMTP).  Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University
1369		of Tuebingen.
1370	If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took
1371		to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce
1372		message would be lost.  Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of
1373		Oklahoma State University.
1374	Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex
1375		and prog map types.  Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of
1376		InTouch Systems, Inc.
1377	When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the
1378		other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection
1379		to the LDAP server.  Patch from Victor Duchovni of
1380		Morgan Stanley.
1381	To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the
1382		.pag file instead of the .dir file.  Problem noted by Neil
1383		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1384	Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent.  Patch
1385		from Werner Wiethege.
1386	If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket
1387		with the family set in that option.  Patch from Sean Farley.
1388	Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer
1389		when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty
1390		recipient list.  Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
1391		Internet Services.
1392	Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces.  Problem noticed by Ulrich
1393		Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
1394	Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces.  Problem noticed by
1395		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1396	Portability:
1397		OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation.
1398	CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back
1399		to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS.
1400	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X.
1401	DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source
1402		file name argument.  Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1403		Meteorological Institute.
1404	DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD
1405		since it generates random process ids.
1406	PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings
1407		of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0').
1408		Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1409	New Files:
1410		cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4
1411
14128.11.3/8.11.3	2001/02/27
1413	Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the
1414		LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus
1415		option was used.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
1416		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1417	Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which
1418		could be too long if the last copied character was a quote.
1419		Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers
1420		communications consulting gmbh.
1421	Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses.  Patch from
1422		Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
1423	Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions
1424		Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the
1425		connection came in from the command line.
1426	Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions
1427		Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set.  Patch from
1428		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1429	Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in
1430		check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure.
1431	Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk
1432		when they were committed.
1433	Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command.
1434		Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch.
1435	Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set
1436		to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may
1437		cause some rulesets to return wrong results.  This would
1438		usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on.
1439	Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A=
1440		equate.  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
1441		University.
1442	Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially
1443		fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before
1444		accept() completes.
1445	Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be
1446		opened where the "354" reply would normally be given.
1447	Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist
1448		in a queue run.  Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo
1449		Wellcome.
1450	If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL,
1451		note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing
1452		"Deferred".  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
1453		University.
1454	If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully
1455		qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the
1456		hostname.  Problem noted by David Bremner of the
1457		University of New Brunswick.
1458	Portability:
1459		Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO
1460			is in use.  Problem noted by Auteria Wally
1461			Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition.
1462		IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME.  Patch from
1463			Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
1464		OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3).  OpenBSD 2.8 and
1465			higher has BSDI-style login classes.  Patch from
1466			Todd C.  Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
1467		Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if
1468			sendmail is being compiled with -kthread.  Problem
1469			noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc.
1470	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and
1471		current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files.
1472	DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations.
1473		Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
1474	MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems
1475		storing the temporary message file until after the remote
1476		side has sent the final DATA termination dot.  Problem
1477		noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
1478		Institute.
1479	MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users
1480		are also specified on the command line.  Patch from
1481		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1482	PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on
1483		database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree).
1484	Renamed Files:
1485		devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x
1486
14878.11.2/8.11.2	2000/12/29
1488	Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in
1489		address test mode due to a negative array index.  Audit
1490		other array indexing.  This bug is not believed to be
1491		exploitable.  Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
1492		Schools" project (IdS).
1493	Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using
1494		address test mode.  This will be turned on in 8.12. It can
1495		be enabled by compiling with:
1496		APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS')
1497		in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file.  Suggested by
1498		Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
1499	Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have
1500		caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5.
1501	When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read
1502		enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the
1503		sort sub-optimal.  Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of
1504		Colby College.
1505	Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per
1506		RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value.
1507	Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started.
1508		This implies that every change to SASL related files requires
1509		a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL
1510		mechanisms (in form of shared libraries).
1511	Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for
1512		a cached connection.  Bug reported by Michael Kellen of
1513		NxNetworks, Inc.
1514	Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the
1515		client name.
1516	Include original length of bad field/header when reporting
1517		MaxMimeHeaderLength problems.  Requested by Ulrich Windl of
1518		the Universitat Regensburg.
1519	Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in
1520		DeliveryMode queue.  Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the
1521		University of Arizona.
1522	Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag.  Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano
1523		of Collective Technologies.
1524	Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers
1525		to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly.
1526		Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet
1527		Engineering.
1528	Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer
1529		definition.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1530		Meteorological Institute.
1531	Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses.  Patch from
1532		Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
1533	Fix return values for IRIX nsd map.  From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1534		Meteorological Institute.
1535	Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions.  Read all
1536		of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to
1537		interpret Addr= and Port=.  Problem noted by Valdis
1538		Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1539	When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call
1540		initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information.
1541		Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF.
1542	RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if
1543		created.  Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon
1544		close.  Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1545	Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of
1546		overall connections, not the number of connections per
1547		socket.  A future version may change this to per socket
1548		counting.
1549	Portability:
1550		Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms
1551			where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t).  Problem
1552			noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS.
1553		Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris'
1554			whatis.  From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc.
1555		UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support.  From Larry
1556			Rosenman.
1557		IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME.  Patch from
1558			Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
1559		Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and
1560			Solaris 2.5 or earlier.  Problem noted by Bob Hughes
1561			of Pacific Access.
1562		Add preliminary support for AIX 5.  Contributed by
1563			Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1564		Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun
1565			Microsystems.
1566	CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r')
1567		is used.  Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online,
1568		patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1569	CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for
1570		FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org.
1571	CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e.,
1572		implicitly assume canonical host names.
1573	CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db.  Based on
1574		patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1575	CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of
1576		Virginia Tech.
1577	CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched
1578		instead of making it worse.  Problem noted by Motonori
1579		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1580	CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`).
1581	CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error.  Problem noted
1582		by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting
1583		gmbh.
1584	CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them.  From Mark
1585		Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1586	DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4
1587		variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent
1588		namespace collisions.  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura
1589		of Kyoto University.
1590	RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail.  It
1591		causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for
1592		installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to
1593		another MTA.  The change will re-appear in a future
1594		version.
1595	SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X,
1596		and SunOS 5.8.  Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
1597		College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1598	VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore.
1599	VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-*
1600		or *-owner.
1601	New Files:
1602		cf/ostype/aix5.m4
1603		contrib/buildvirtuser
1604		devtools/OS/AIX.5.0
1605
16068.11.1/8.11.1	2000/09/27
1607	Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single
1608		name.  Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1609	Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly
1610		seeded.  This problem only occurs on systems without
1611		/dev/urandom.  Problem detected by Jan Krueger of
1612		digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and
1613		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1614	Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory
1615		wildcards.
1616	Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent
1617		process may close the connection before the child process
1618		has completed.  Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong
1619		Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang
1620		Hottgenroth of UUNET.
1621	Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to
1622		read the LDAP secret from a file.
1623	Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after
1624		the user submits the message and before the first delivery
1625		attempt completes.  Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet.
1626		Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1627	Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is
1628		greater than 2^31.  Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman
1629		of EarthLink.
1630	Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero.
1631	Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as
1632		non-existent instead of treating it as /.  Problem noted by
1633		Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
1634	Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item.  Problem
1635		noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1636	Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot
1637		save rejected email anywhere".  Problem noted by Marc G.
1638		Fournier of Acadia University.
1639	If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close
1640		the map so subsequent searches reopen the map.  If there are
1641		multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and
1642		one of the others may be able to take over.
1643	Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the
1644		previous load average query result.
1645	If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened,
1646		return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client
1647		instead of ignoring the map.  Problem noted by Allan E
1648		Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1649	Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving
1650		the split envelopes before the original envelope.
1651	Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of
1652		defer if the PH server could not be contacted.  From Mark
1653		Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1654	Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and
1655		ETRN.  Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet.
1656	Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and
1657		RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869.  Problem
1658		reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University.
1659	Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS.  Problem
1660		noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A.
1661	Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP
1662		client libraries.  Patch from Paul Hilchey of the
1663		University of British Columbia.
1664	Portability:
1665		Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9}
1666			instead of defining it in conf.h so users can
1667			override the setting.  Suggested by
1668			Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson.
1669		On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of
1670			/usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation.  From
1671			Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College.
1672		On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which
1673			does not exist).  From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
1674			College.
1675		Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x.  From
1676			Tom Moore of NCR.
1677		NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man.  From
1678			Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter.
1679		Solaris 8 and later include /var/run.  The default PID file
1680			location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid.  From John
1681			Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1682		SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems
1683			which do not.  From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan
1684			Consulting.
1685	CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}.
1686		Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG.
1687	CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with
1688		errors in the MAIL address.
1689	CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files.  Problem
1690		noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech.
1691	CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8).
1692		Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1693	CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add
1694		GECOS information for an address.  This more closely
1695		matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior.  From Per Hedeland of
1696		Ericsson.
1697	CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for
1698		SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay
1699		mailer as described in cf/README.
1700	MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas
1701		are obeyed.  Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK.
1702	MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using
1703		makemap to 'unmake' the map.
1704	RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to
1705		sendmail.
1706	RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
1707		submission.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1708		Meteorological Institute.
1709	VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals.
1710	VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single
1711		dot as the only character on the line.
1712	New Files:
1713		cf/ostype/solaris8.m4
1714
17158.11.0/8.11.0	2000/07/19
1716	SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary
1717		(not the normal case), some operating systems will still
1718		keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries
1719		to drop all of its privileges.  If sendmail needs to drop
1720		these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the
1721		saved-uid as well, exit with an error.  Problem noted by
1722		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1723	SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string
1724		it populates.  It is possible that some broken
1725		implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this.
1726		Systems in this category should compile with
1727		-DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1.  Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your
1728		system and report broken implementations to
1729		sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor.  Problem
1730		noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP.
1731	Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS).
1732		Implementation influenced by the example programs of
1733		OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus.
1734	Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile,
1735		ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile,
1736		ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile.  These are documented in
1737		cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
1738	New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject},
1739		${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify},
1740		${server_name}, and ${server_addr}.  These are documented
1741		in cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
1742	Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better
1743		random data.
1744	New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which
1745		don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to
1746		try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems.
1747	Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which
1748		support encryption.  Based on code contributed by Tim
1749		Martin of CMU.
1750	Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security
1751		strength factor.
1752	LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z
1753		(delimiter) flag was not given.  Problem noted by ST Wong of
1754		the Chinese University of Hong Kong.  Fix from Mark Adamson
1755		of CMU.
1756	Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's
1757		ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute().
1758		Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP.
1759	Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions.  As
1760		documented, unless a family is specified in a
1761		DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default.  It is
1762		also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set.
1763		Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets
1764		by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if
1765		they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces.  Problem noted
1766		by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
1767	Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect
1768		the interface information for an outgoing connection.
1769		Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket
1770		family and address used in subsequent connections if the
1771		M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions.  Problem noted
1772		by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1773	If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket
1774		family based on the IP address.  ${if_family} is no longer
1775		persistent (i.e., saved in qf files).  Patch from John Beck
1776		of Sun Microsystems.
1777	sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family}
1778		macros for both the incoming interface address/family and
1779		the outgoing interface address/family.  In order for M=b
1780		modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve
1781		the incoming information in the queue file for later
1782		delivery attempts.
1783	Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in
1784		responses to commands.  Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of
1785		smoe.org.
1786	Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams
1787		to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc().  Problem
1788		noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
1789	The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working.
1790		Problem noted by Ajay Matia.
1791	Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred
1792		but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be
1793		delivered when it really should have been queued.  Problem
1794		noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1795	Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting
1796		the SMTP transaction out of sync.  Problem noted by Per
1797		Hedeland of Ericsson.
1798	Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT
1799		is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities
1800		between sfio and stdio.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert
1801		of Northern Illinois University.
1802	Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log.  Problem
1803		noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1804	Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query
1805		to kilobyte units.
1806	If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure
1807		looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later
1808		attempt.  Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo
1809		Polytechnic.
1810	Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded
1811		as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the
1812		queue file and persistent host status.  Problem noted by
1813		Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
1814	Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists
1815		within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found).
1816		Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1817	Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the
1818		sender.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
1819	If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and
1820		abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that
1821		states "<<< No Message Collected >>>".
1822	Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly
1823		restrictive.  Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark
1824		G. Thomas Consulting.
1825	Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident
1826		port number (113).
1827	Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page.
1828		Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
1829	Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have
1830		host portions (or there are no recipients).  Problem noted
1831		by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1832	If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure
1833		only the first to open the connection is allowed to close
1834		it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for
1835		other maps.  Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET.
1836	Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4
1837		authentication.  Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the
1838		University of Mainz.
1839	Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed
1840		via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23.
1841	Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile.  Omission
1842		noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
1843	Portability:
1844		Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class
1845			'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others).  From Jun
1846			Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project.
1847		Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX.
1848		NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not
1849			work properly causing problems if the accept()
1850			fails and the socket needs to be reopened.  Patch
1851			from Tom Moore of NCR.
1852		NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages.  From
1853			Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security.
1854		Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED
1855			for calls to getipnodebyname().  The Linux
1856			implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped
1857			under Linux.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and
1858			John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
1859	CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place.
1860		Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1861	CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
1862		confCACERT_PATH			CACERTPath
1863		confCACERT			CACERTFile
1864		confCLIENT_CERT			ClientCertFile
1865		confCLIENT_KEY			ClientKeyFile
1866		confDH_PARAMETERS		DHParameters
1867		confRAND_FILE			RandFile
1868		confSERVER_CERT			ServerCertFile
1869		confSERVER_KEY			ServerKeyFile
1870	CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new
1871		tags to the access database to support these policies.  See
1872		cf/README for more information.
1873	CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header.
1874	CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't
1875		called due to a STARTTLS command.
1876	CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent
1877		instead of temporary.
1878	CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with
1879		the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To:
1880		tag.  Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas
1881		Consulting.
1882	CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in
1883		OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux').  From Tim Pierce of
1884		RootsWeb.com.
1885	CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and
1886		forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as
1887		possible.  Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the
1888		University of Maryland.
1889	CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users.  From
1890		Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
1891	CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from
1892		ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and
1893		ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if
1894		underscore is in OperatorChars.  Problem noted by Bob Zeitz
1895		of the University of Alberta.
1896	CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}.
1897		Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation.
1898	CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers.
1899	CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash
1900		of X.509 certificates.
1901	CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl:  More protection from special characters;
1902		treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the
1903		GECOS full name and username match.  From Ulrich Windl of the
1904		Universitat Regensburg.
1905	CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a
1906		typo.  Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
1907	CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue
1908		and sendmail.  Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
1909	CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as
1910		subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
1911	CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by
1912		calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration
1913		script for movemail.pl).  From Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
1914	CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to
1915		makemap).  From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc.
1916	DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any
1917		extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation
1918		target.  Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon
1919		University.
1920	DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9.
1921	DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create
1922		links.
1923	LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not
1924		reported.
1925	MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability.  Problem noted by Tim Boyer of
1926		Denman Tire Corporation.
1927	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with
1928		-DCONTENTLENGTH.  Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU.
1929	MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional).
1930	MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff
1931		and -man on Solaris 7.  Patch from Larry Williamson.
1932	RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf().  Problem noted by David Hayes of
1933		Black Diamond Equipment, Limited.
1934	RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not
1935		have a From line.
1936	VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not
1937		to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient.
1938	Added Files:
1939		cf/ostype/darwin.m4
1940		contrib/cidrexpand
1941		contrib/link_hash.sh
1942		contrib/movemail.conf
1943		contrib/movemail.pl
1944		devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9
1945		test/t_snprintf.c
1946
19478.10.2/8.10.2	2000/06/07
1948	SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation.
1949		On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert
1950		the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root
1951		process to drop its privileges.  Problem noted by Wojciech
1952		Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl.
1953	SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(),
1954		initgroups(), and chroot() calls.
1955	Added Files:
1956		test/t_setuid.c
1957
19588.10.1/8.10.1	2000/04/06
1959	SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP
1960		Authentication mechanisms to those specified in
1961		AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage.  We do not
1962		recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the
1963		password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers.  See
1964		cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information.
1965	Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some
1966		OSs.  Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com.
1967	Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long.
1968	Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is
1969		greater than sendmail binary supported version.  Patch
1970		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1971	Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing
1972		a segmentation fault when using address test mode.  Based on
1973		patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1974	Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3).  Problem
1975		noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin.
1976	Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership.
1977	Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10
1978		or higher.
1979	Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using
1980		exponential delay after too many tries within one connection.
1981	Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string.
1982	Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs.
1983		Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
1984		Polytechnic Institute.
1985	Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually
1986		discards the message.
1987	Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side
1988		when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is
1989		attempted to the alias.
1990	Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other
1991		flag options.
1992	Portability:
1993		SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for
1994			AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X
1995			linker semantics.  AIX 4.X users should consult
1996			sendmail/README for further information.  Problem
1997			noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1998		Avoid use of strerror(3) call.  Problem noted by Charles
1999			Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal.
2000		DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install
2001			program.  From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation.
2002		HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function.
2003		Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X
2004			from J. P. McCann of E I A.
2005		Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3).
2006			Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet
2007			Services, LLC.
2008		Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working
2009			strlc{at,py}(3) functions.  From Todd C. Miller of
2010			Courtesan Consulting.
2011		SINIX doesn't have random(3).  From Gerald Rinske of
2012			Siemens Business Services.
2013	CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to
2014		include the sender address.  Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht
2015		of WSRCC.
2016	CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls.
2017	CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS
2018		to be backward compatible with 8.9.
2019	CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable
2020		to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail.
2021	CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete.
2022	DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored.  Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki
2023		of NEC.
2024	DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture
2025		(i486).  From Tom J. Moore of NCR.
2026	DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility
2027		libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's
2028		overloaded -L option.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of
2029		Virginia Tech.
2030	DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for
2031		confNROFF.  Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse
2032		University.
2033	DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added
2034		for other internal projects but included in the open source
2035		release.
2036	LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the
2037		map name to determine whether or not to add the extension.
2038		This fixes makemap when building the userdb file.  Problem
2039		noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds.
2040	LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if
2041		it doesn't already exist.  Problem noted by Rand Wacker of
2042		Sendmail.
2043	LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are
2044		available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails.  This
2045		fixes praliases.  Patch	from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2046	LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted
2047		as SFF_NOWRFILES.
2048	OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags.  Suggested by
2049		Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of
2050		Northern Illinois University.
2051	PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for
2052		particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the
2053		command line.  Man page updated accordingly.  Patch from
2054		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2055	VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole
2056		Polytechnique de Montreal.
2057	VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for
2058		compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from
2059		Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke.
2060	Added Files:
2061		devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4
2062		devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0
2063	Deleted Files:
2064		contrib/converting.sun.configs
2065	Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed):
2066		doc/intro
2067		doc/usenix
2068		doc/changes
2069
20708.10.0/8.10.0	2000/03/01
2071	    *************************************************************
2072	    * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered	*
2073	    * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team.	*
2074	    * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering	*
2075	    * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment	*
2076	    * of this release.  It was her vision, dedication, and	*
2077	    * support that has made this release a success.  Julie died	*
2078	    * on October 26, 1999 of cancer.  We have lost a leader, a	*
2079	    * coach, and a friend.					*
2080	    *								*
2081	    * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy,	*
2082	    * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us.	*
2083	    * Julie, we miss you!					*
2084	    *************************************************************
2085	SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic
2086		links to make sure the files can't be compromised due
2087		to poor permissions on the parent directories of the
2088		symbolic link target.
2089	SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild
2090		the alias map.  Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the
2091		"Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
2092	SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if
2093		the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the
2094		sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file
2095		(leaving it in an inconsistent state).  This option and
2096		its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future
2097		version of sendmail.
2098	SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and
2099		stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail.  Problem noted
2100		by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
2101		(IdS).
2102	Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files.  This affects
2103		a large number of files.  See cf/README for more details.
2104	The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly
2105		for easier code sharing among the programs.
2106	Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554).  New macros for this purpose
2107		are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author}
2108		which hold the client's authentication credentials,
2109		the mechanism used for authentication, and the
2110		authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if
2111		supplied).  Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU.
2112	On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD
2113		distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce
2114		file system overhead by not creating temporary files on
2115		disk.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2116	New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
2117		memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is
2118		used.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2119	New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
2120		memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based
2121		file is used.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2122	sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can
2123		now listen on several different ports.  Use:
2124		O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E
2125		to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned
2126		on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned
2127		off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa').
2128	The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated.  Mail user agents should
2129		begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user
2130		message submission.  XUSR may disappear from a future release.
2131	The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option
2132		indicates that the message being submitted from the command
2133		line is for relaying, not initial submission.  This means
2134		the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully
2135		qualified and no canonicalization will be done.  Future
2136		releases may even reject improperly formed messages.
2137	The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is
2138		deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
2139		Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that
2140		this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U).
2141	The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted
2142		from the command line is an initial user submission and act
2143		accordingly.
2144	If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward
2145		program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the
2146		address is marked as unsafe.  This means if RunAsUser is
2147		set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to
2148		files in their .forward files.  Administrators can override
2149		this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new
2150		setting NonRootSafeAddr.
2151	Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set
2152		on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to
2153		TrustStickyBit.  Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of
2154		InCert Software.
2155	Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward
2156		files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is
2157		set in the DontBlameSendmail option.  Requested by many.
2158	New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying
2159		a control socket request.
2160	New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver
2161		settings:
2162		Timeout.resolver.retrans
2163			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
2164			seconds).  Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
2165			and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal.
2166		Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
2167			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
2168			seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message.
2169		Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
2170			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
2171			seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first
2172			delivery attempt.
2173		Timeout.resolver.retry
2174			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
2175			query.  Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first
2176			and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal.
2177		Timeout.resolver.retry.first
2178			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
2179			query for the first attempt to deliver a message.
2180		Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
2181			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
2182			query for all resolver lookups except the first
2183			delivery attempt.
2184		Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2185	Support multiple queue directories.  To use multiple queues, supply
2186		a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk.  For
2187		example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the
2188		directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with
2189		'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories.  Keep in
2190		mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed
2191		while sendmail is running.  Queue runs create a separate
2192		process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is
2193		given on a non-daemon queue run.  New items are randomly
2194		assigned to a queue.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2195	Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if
2196		subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names
2197		exist in the queue directories, they are used for the
2198		corresponding queue files.  Keep in mind, the queue
2199		directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is
2200		running.  Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore
2201		Telecommunications Ltd.
2202	New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be
2203		unique for 60 years.  This allows queue IDs to be assigned
2204		without fancy file system locking.  Queued items can be
2205		moved between queues easily.  Contributed by Exactis.com,
2206		Inc.
2207	Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures
2208		(e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if
2209		set.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2210	New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for
2211		syslog.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2212	QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename.  This
2213		avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing
2214		to run the queue.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2215	Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been
2216		donated by Exactis.com, Inc.
2217	The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags.
2218	Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the
2219		QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning:
2220		being added.  Suggested by Michael K. Sanders.
2221	IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State
2222		University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University,
2223		and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2224	In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse
2225		connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands.
2226		Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications
2227		Ltd.
2228	The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket
2229		on systems which support them.  This can be used with LMTP
2230		local delivery agents which listen on a named socket.  An
2231		example mailer might be:
2232			Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n,
2233				S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix,
2234				A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd
2235		Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
2236	The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated.  Use [IPC]
2237		instead.
2238	The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a
2239		legitimate value.  Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP
2240		connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future
2241		version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery).
2242	PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts
2243		flags.
2244	PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the
2245		body of the original message on delivery status
2246		notifications.
2247	Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set.  Problem noted
2248		by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
2249	Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP
2250		Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset.  Problem noted by
2251		Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
2252	Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times.  OperatorChars should
2253		not be set after rulesets are defined.  Suggested by
2254		Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
2255	Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files.  In
2256		interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP
2257		responses after the DATA command.  Problem noted by
2258		Nik Conwell of Boston University.
2259	Check file close when mailing to files.  Problem noted by Nik
2260		Conwell of Boston University.
2261	Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map.  Patch from
2262		Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
2263	Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using
2264		ldap_open() or ldap_init().  Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of
2265		@Home Network.
2266	New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH=
2267		parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted.  See SMTP
2268		AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps.
2269	Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and
2270		check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively,
2271		similar to check_rcpt etc.
2272	Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr},
2273		${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold
2274		the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e.
2275		the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr.
2276		From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2277	New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve
2278		call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP.  Proposed
2279		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2280	New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold
2281		the corresponding DSN parameter values.  Proposed by
2282		Mathias Herberts.
2283	New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter,
2284		i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue),
2285		before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds
2286		the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used
2287		in check_compat).
2288	The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode
2289		sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode
2290		option.
2291	New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts.
2292	Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is
2293		a local address.  From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2294	Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue.
2295		Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
2296	Log "low on disk space" only when necessary.
2297	New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average.
2298		Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
2299	Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn
2300		is set.
2301	Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted
2302		for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub).
2303	Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode.
2304		This flag is set by default for the host map.  Based on a
2305		proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan.
2306	Open maps only on demand, not at startup.
2307	Log warning about unsupported IP address families.
2308	New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length
2309		of the sum of all headers.  This can be used to prevent
2310		a denial-of-service attack.
2311	New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME
2312		headers and parameters within those headers.  This option
2313		is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer
2314		overflow attacks.
2315	Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of
2316		alias recursion.
2317	New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit.
2318	Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd.
2319	Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash
2320		directly before the newline.
2321	New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide
2322		dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to
2323		/usr/tmp/dead.letter.  If this option is not set (the
2324		default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a
2325		system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail
2326		to the user nor postmaster.  Instead, it will rename the qf
2327		file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file
2328		could not be opened.
2329	New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file.  The
2330		value of this option is macro expanded.
2331	New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the
2332		process title shown in 'ps' listings.
2333	New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options
2334		(along with the already existing macros):
2335		${daemon_info}      Daemon information, e.g.
2336		                    SMTP+queueing@00:30:00
2337		${daemon_addr}	    Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0
2338		${daemon_family}    Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc.
2339		${daemon_name}      Daemon name, e.g., MSA.
2340		${daemon_port}	    Daemon port, e.g., 25
2341		${queue_interval}   Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00
2342	New macros especially for virtual hosting:
2343		${if_name}	hostname of interface of incoming connection.
2344		${if_addr}	address of interface of incoming connection.
2345		The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the
2346		loopback net.
2347	If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and
2348		would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message.
2349		Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd.
2350	Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>.
2351		Provide header value as quoted string in the macro
2352		${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME).  Suggested by
2353		Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
2354		The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}.
2355	H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks.  This
2356		ruleset will only be called if the individual header does
2357		not have its own ruleset assigned.  Suggested by Jan
2358		Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
2359		The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}.
2360	Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not
2361		removed if the config file version is greater than or equal
2362		to 9.  For example, "R$+ ( 1 )		$@ 1" matches the
2363		input "token (1)" but does not match "token".
2364	Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
2365		MIME messages.  Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of
2366		Multimedia Consumer Services.  Fix from Per Hedeland of
2367		Ericsson.
2368	Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
2369		messages with 8-bit text in headers.  Problem noted by
2370		Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College.  Fix from Per Hedeland
2371		of Ericsson.
2372	Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a
2373		modified database map file.  Problem noted by Chris Adams
2374		of Renaissance Internet Services.
2375	Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g.,
2376		$#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now
2377		queue up the message instead of bouncing it.
2378	Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as
2379		standard does not provide any indication of what to do when
2380		something other than 250 is received.  Based on a patch
2381		from Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
2382	New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own
2383		important files instead of root.  This requires HASFCHOWN.
2384	Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and
2385		setting USERDB=0 works.  Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock.
2386	Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure
2387		being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever
2388		really went wrong.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2389	$? tests also whether the macro is non-null.
2390	Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid
2391		equate name.
2392	New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before
2393		executing the mailer program.  Suggested by Igor Vinokurov.
2394	New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the
2395		mailer to return after sending all data to it.
2396	Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process
2397		into a previously filled slot.  Previously, the memory was
2398		freed at removal time.  Since removal can happen in a
2399		signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an
2400		inconsistent state.  Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and
2401		David Cooley of Colby College.
2402	When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup
2403		local users in the passwd file.  The UserDB code has
2404		already decided the message will be passed to another host
2405		for processing.  Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett
2406		Buckeridge Young Limited.
2407	Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the
2408		password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options
2409		'-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'.  The
2410		distinguished_name is who to login as.  The method can be
2411		one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or
2412		LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4.  The filename is the file containing the
2413		secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos
2414		ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4.  Patch from Booker Bense
2415		of Stanford University.
2416	The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap.  The use of ldapx is
2417		deprecated and will be removed in a future version.
2418	If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute
2419		and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that
2420		response into a delimiter separated string.  The LDAP map
2421		will traverse multiple entries as well.  LDAP alias maps
2422		automatically set the column delimiter to the comma.
2423		Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and
2424		idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc.
2425	Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup.  The
2426		values to be returned should be in a comma separated string.
2427		For example, `-v "email,emailother"'.  Patch from
2428		Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
2429	Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps.
2430	If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all
2431		attributes found in the match will be returned.
2432	Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from
2433		breaking up a single entry into multiple entries.  This is
2434		needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for
2435		comma separated key and value strings.
2436	Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing
2437		for each lookup.  To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache
2438		connections such that multiple maps which use the same
2439		host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in
2440		a single connection to that host.
2441	Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT.
2442	Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on
2443		LDAP lookups.
2444	Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network
2445		resources.
2446	Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set.
2447	Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries.
2448	Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification.  '%s' is still
2449		replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key --
2450		note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP
2451		special characters.  The new '%0' token can be used instead
2452		of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254.
2453		For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k
2454		"(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be
2455		equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a
2456		user attribute.  Instead, if the LDAP map specification
2457		contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this
2458		would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user
2459		with the name "*".
2460	New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if
2461		more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records
2462		being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP
2463		alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of
2464		matches to return.
2465	New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for
2466		LDAP maps.  The value should only contain LDAP specific
2467		settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc.  The
2468		settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are
2469		specified in the individual map specification ('K'
2470		command).  This option should be set before any LDAP maps
2471		are defined.
2472	Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open
2473		continually fails.  Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia
2474		Tech.
2475	Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries.  In
2476		particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be
2477		important if you have large classes.
2478	On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which
2479		gave error in the queued status message.  Requested by
2480		Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
2481	Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward
2482		configuration.  Mailers which have this flag will not attempt
2483		delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs
2484		unless the queued message is selected using one of the
2485		-qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request.  Code
2486		provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
2487	New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon
2488		control socket.  This socket allows an external program to
2489		control and query status from the running sendmail daemon
2490		via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the
2491		INN news server.  Access to this interface is controlled by
2492		the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX
2493		systems (see sendmail/README for more information).  An
2494		example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl.
2495	Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and
2496		RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the
2497		number of processors online on the system (if that can be
2498		determined).  For single processor machines, this change
2499		has no effect.
2500	Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces.
2501		Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2502	Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases.  Patch from
2503		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2504	Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens
2505		at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher.
2506	Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now
2507		happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher.
2508	Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at
2509		LogLevel 10 or higher.  Previously, only TCP/IP connections
2510		were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher.  Setting
2511		LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent
2512		connection-based denial of service attacks.
2513	Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel
2514		10 or higher.
2515	Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender
2516		information (from= syslog line).
2517	Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new
2518		equate (dsn=).
2519	Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options.
2520	New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets.  More
2521		information is available at
2522		http://www-dev.cso.uiuc.edu/sendmail/.  Contributed by Mark
2523		Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2524	Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a
2525		bracketed IP address.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
2526		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2527	Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries.  Problem noted by
2528		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2529	When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run
2530		the program as the default user and the default group, not
2531		the forward file user.  This change also assures the
2532		:include: directives in aliases are also processed using
2533		the default user and group.  Problem noted by Sergiu
2534		Popovici of DNT Romania.
2535	Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with
2536		no home directory (/no/such/directory).  Problem noted by
2537		Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS.
2538	Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a
2539		message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or
2540		above).  Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online.
2541	Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were
2542		accepted.  If some of the recipients were rejected, it is
2543		helpful to know the sender of the message.
2544	Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety.
2545		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2546	Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is
2547		interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to
2548		multiple files.
2549	Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or
2550		greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the
2551		version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in
2552		the helpfile ($v).  Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET
2553		PIPEX.  Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are
2554		skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced.  The
2555		helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older
2556		version is found, a warning is logged.  The '#vers'
2557		directive should be placed at the top of the help file.
2558	Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to
2559		disk succeeded.  Suggested by Nick Christenson.
2560	If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its
2561		length before the attempt.
2562	If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the
2563		user's uid before checking permissions on the file.  This
2564		allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where
2565		root is remapped to nobody.  Problem noted by Harald
2566		Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm.
2567	purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus)
2568		host status files, not all files.
2569	Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved
2570		in the queue file for the message and set when delivery
2571		is attempted on the queued item.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of
2572		Wonderworks Inc.
2573	Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new
2574		macro map class.  This can be used to store information
2575		between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}.
2576		Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University
2577		of Hannover.
2578	New map class arith to allow for computations in rules.  The
2579		operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given
2580		as key.  The two operands are specified as arguments; the
2581		lookup returns the result of the computation.  For example,
2582		"$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and
2583		"$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6".
2584	Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to
2585		include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer
2586		flag:
2587			H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro}
2588		This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}.
2589		It can be used for adding headers to a message based on
2590		the results of check_* and header check rulesets.
2591	Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after
2592		all of the headers have been collected.  The input to the
2593		ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the
2594		headers in bytes separated by $|.  This ruleset along with
2595		the macro storage map can be used to correlate information
2596		gathered between headers and to check for missing headers.
2597		See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example.
2598	Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond
2599		to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec.  This
2600		option is deprecated and will be removed from a future
2601		version.
2602	Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True.
2603	Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True.
2604	Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output
2605		if referencing a named ruleset.
2606	New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages
2607		delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer.
2608	Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before
2609		using it to sort.  Now all the same domains are really run
2610		through the queue together.  If they have the same MX host,
2611		then they will have a much better opportunity to use the
2612		connection cache if available.  This should be a reasonable
2613		performance improvement.  Patch from Randall Winchester of
2614		the University of Maryland.
2615	If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would
2616		have received the message if it had not been rejected.
2617	New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the
2618		queue immediately.  No delivery attempt is made.
2619	Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands
2620		up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}-
2621		COMMANDS).
2622	New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions
2623		but for outgoing connections.
2624	New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for
2625		error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e.
2626			a	require authentication
2627			b	bind to interface through which mail has
2628				been received
2629			c	perform hostname canonification
2630			f	require fully qualified hostname
2631			h	use name of interface for outgoing HELO
2632				command
2633			C	don't perform hostname canonification
2634			E	disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476)
2635	New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e.
2636			h	use name of interface for HELO command
2637	The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4.
2638	Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set
2639		to 10 or higher.  Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National
2640		Institutes of Health.
2641	If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal
2642		format.  Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
2643	Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k.
2644	Move message priority from sender to recipient logging.  Suggested by
2645		Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
2646	Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X.
2647	Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition.
2648		Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB.
2649	Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO.
2650		Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc.
2651	Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout
2652		sub-options is set on the command line.  Problem noted by
2653		Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2654	Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is
2655		attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per
2656		session.  Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq.
2657	Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034.
2658	Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless
2659		DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails
2660		to hosts which have dynamically assigned names.
2661	If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing
2662		the bounce for the same reason.  If the body is not 8-bit
2663		clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will
2664		not be included in the bounce.  Problem noted by Valdis
2665		Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2666	The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from
2667		'${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which
2668		simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes.
2669		This will detect the inability to send information quicker
2670		and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to
2671		timeout.
2672	Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled
2673		interface address structure when loading the system network
2674		interface addresses.  Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of
2675		Nanoteq.
2676	Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which
2677		indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing
2678		for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w).  The
2679		default value is 512.  Based on idea from Reinier
2680		Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq.
2681	If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based
2682		on load average.
2683	Allow ruleset 0 to have a name.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
2684		Northern Illinois University.
2685	Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-"
2686		envelope splitting has occurred.
2687	Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from
2688		Luke Mewburn from RMIT University.
2689	Add a "/quit" command to address test mode.
2690	Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path:
2691		header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter.
2692		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
2693		Institute.
2694	The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using
2695		the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}".  This would copy all of
2696		the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}.
2697	Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for
2698		split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when
2699		the recipients were added.  Based on fix from Motonori
2700		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2701	Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the
2702		addresses.  From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2703	Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope
2704		message.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2705	If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a
2706		syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit.
2707	Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery.  Problem
2708		noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2709	On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the
2710		login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon.
2711		This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin().
2712		Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2713	Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command
2714		unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue.
2715	Strip returns from forward and include files.  Problem noted by
2716		Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2717	Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which
2718		resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure.
2719		Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
2720		University.
2721	Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias"
2722		pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails
2723		the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias.
2724	If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be
2725		ignored and its rules added to S0.  Instead, ignore the
2726		ruleset lines as well.
2727	Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient
2728		success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a
2729		single address due to S5 and UserDB processing.  Problems
2730		noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
2731		Institute.
2732	Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal
2733		to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process.
2734		Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
2735	Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN
2736		command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN
2737		headers.  Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to
2738		programs, file, DECnet, etc.
2739	Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to
2740		spoof their return address.  Based on idea from Neil Rickert
2741		of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland
2742		of Ericsson.
2743	Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is
2744		owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the
2745		:include: file contains delivery to a file or program.
2746		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2747	Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if
2748		the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx
2749		response code and drops the connection.  This behavior was
2750		noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when
2751		sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA.
2752	If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the
2753		file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as
2754		a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure.  Fix
2755		from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project.
2756	Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs
2757		instead of spaces between arguments.  Problem noted by Randy
2758		Wormser.  Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
2759		University.
2760	Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line
2761		by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root
2762		privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via
2763		'sendmail -bs'.
2764	Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and
2765		"statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for
2766		them in the .cf file.
2767	Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending
2768		success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware
2769		systems.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University
2770		of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International.
2771	Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to
2772		multiple users in the same transaction (F=m).
2773	Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it
2774		will be added even if one already exists.  Problem noted
2775		by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
2776	Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped.
2777		This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection
2778		with commands and then disconnecting.  Previously, the
2779		server would process all of the buffered commands.  Problem
2780		noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
2781	Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'.  Problem
2782		noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
2783	If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the
2784		last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist.  Otherwise, use
2785		the last temporary (4XX) failure.
2786	RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case.  Patch
2787		from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co.
2788	Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to
2789		prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a
2790		site which drops IDENT packets.  Suggested by many.
2791	Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data
2792		is available in the in-memory cache.  Problem noted by Per
2793		Hedeland of Ericsson.
2794	mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal
2795		representation and a leading backslash.  This avoids problems
2796		with "unprintable" characters.  Problem noted by Michal
2797		Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
2798	The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator
2799		one character past the limit.  This would cause subsequent
2800		hops to break the line again.  The '!' is now placed in
2801		the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken.
2802		Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.  Based on fix
2803		from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2804	If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the
2805		resolver will fall back to TCP.  However, some
2806		misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup
2807		fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed.  Therefore,
2808		don't fail on ANY queries.
2809	If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the
2810		address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN
2811		to the postmaster.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
2812		Northern Illinois University.
2813	Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map
2814		specification.  Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina
2815		State University.
2816	Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on
2817		cached connections.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
2818		Northern Illinois University.
2819	Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e.,
2820		"host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection".
2821	Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode.
2822	Portability:
2823		Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with
2824			the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the
2825			other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART
2826			is not available.  Problem noted by Allan E
2827			Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2828		AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr.
2829			This allows network interface probing to work
2830			properly.  Fix from David Bronder of the
2831			University of Iowa.
2832		AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support.
2833		Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under
2834			AIX.  This will be reflected in the obj.* directory
2835			name.
2836		Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port.
2837		Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of
2838			Virginia Tech.
2839		Digital UNIX has uname(2).
2840		GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of
2841			Amsterdam.
2842		Improved HPUX 11.0 portability.
2843		Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X,
2844			FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X.
2845		Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS
2846			files.  Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI
2847			in building the operating system.  Users can
2848			override the defaults by setting confCC and
2849			confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately.
2850		IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI.
2851		Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI.
2852		Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain
2853			of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC.
2854		Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build
2855			system.  From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
2856		Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build
2857			system.  From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
2858		Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from
2859			Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia.
2860		NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support.  From
2861			Tom J. Moore of NCR.
2862		NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and
2863			_PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of
2864			NEC Computers Group Planning Division.
2865		Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D.
2866		NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and
2867			1024 in conf.h.  Since confENVDEF would be used,
2868			use that value in conf.h.
2869		Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name.  From Gerd Knops of
2870			BITart Consulting.
2871		Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if
2872			AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are
2873			defined.  Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple
2874			Computer, Inc.
2875		NeXT portability tweaks.  Problems reported by Dragan
2876			Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann
2877			of E I A.
2878		New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system
2879			can reuse the same PID in the same second.
2880		New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has
2881			fchown(2).
2882		New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does
2883			not have random(3).  rand() will be used instead.
2884		New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has
2885			srandomdev(3).
2886		New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has
2887			setlogin(2).
2888		Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version
2889			specific SINIX files.  From Gerald Rinske of
2890			Siemens Business Services.
2891		Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load
2892			average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital
2893			UNIX).  From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld.
2894		Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.  Suggested by
2895			Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace.
2896		Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
2897			Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
2898			Aerospace.
2899		Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running
2900			HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori
2901			NAKAMURA of Kyoto University.
2902		New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable
2903			use of getservbyname() on systems which can
2904			not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as
2905			HI-UX.  Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto
2906			University.
2907		Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x.  Problem noted
2908			by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and
2909			Technology Information Network.
2910		make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2.  Problem
2911			noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd.
2912		Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
2913		Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD,
2914			and OpenBSD.
2915		A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection
2916			of local_hostname_length().  See sendmail/README
2917			for more details.  Problem noted by Allan E
2918			Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2919	CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files.  This
2920		affects a large number of files.  See cf/README for more
2921		details.
2922	CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including
2923		trailing slash) for the mail settings directory.
2924	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9.
2925	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been
2926		deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
2927		BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi').
2928	CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-ID root.  This
2929		requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd').  From Todd C. Miller of
2930		Courtesan Consulting.
2931	CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X.
2932	CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level
2933		domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to
2934		be improperly rejected as unresolvable.
2935	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of
2936		DNS server, rejection message) and can be included
2937		multiple times.
2938	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the
2939		mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged
2940		with From:).
2941	CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:,
2942		From:, To:) to enable finer control.
2943	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address
2944		routing.  See cf/README for a complete description of the
2945		new functionality.
2946	CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
2947		confAUTH_MECHANISMS		AuthMechanisms
2948		confAUTH_OPTIONS		AuthOptions
2949		confCLIENT_OPTIONS		ClientPortOptions
2950		confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME		ControlSocketName
2951		confDEAD_LETTER_DROP		DeadLetterDrop
2952		confDEF_AUTH_INFO		DefaultAuthInfo
2953		confDF_BUFFER_SIZE		DataFileBufferSize
2954		confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC		LDAPDefaultSpec
2955		confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION		MaxAliasRecursion
2956		confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH		MaxHeadersLength
2957		confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH	MaxMimeHeaderLength
2958		confPID_FILE			PidFile
2959		confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX	ProcessTitlePrefix
2960		confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN		RrtImpliesDsn
2961		confTO_CONTROL			Timeout.control
2962		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS		Timeout.resolver.retrans
2963		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST	Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
2964		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL	Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
2965		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY		Timeout.resolver.retry
2966		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST	Timeout.resolver.retry.first
2967		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL	Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
2968		confTRUSTED_USER		TrustedUser
2969		confXF_BUFFER_SIZE		XscriptFileBufferSize
2970	CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(),
2971		which takes the options as argument and can be used
2972		multiple times; see cf/README for details.
2973	CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called
2974		"dsmtp".  This mail provides on-demand delivery using the
2975		F=% mailer flag described above.  The "dsmtp" mailer
2976		definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults
2977		to "IPC $h".
2978	CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS,
2979		and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the
2980		local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively.
2981	CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting
2982		the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer.  The
2983		value should be changed with care.
2984	CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type
2985		for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP".
2986	CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if
2987		there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will
2988		complain.
2989	CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root')
2990		to get the old behavior.  Suggested by Joe Pruett
2991		of Q7 Enterprises.
2992	CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which
2993		will not be masqueraded.  Proposed by Arne Wichmann
2994		of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor,
2995		Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc.
2996	CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be
2997		specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE,
2998		i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $]
2999		for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert
3000		of Northern Illinois University.
3001	CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for
3002		FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only
3003		a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified.
3004	CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is
3005		nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component
3006		in it.
3007	CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain
3008		in class 'P' ($=P).
3009	CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that
3010		can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE.
3011		FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this
3012		class also to entire subdomains.  Hosts in this class are
3013		treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot
3014		is added.
3015	CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used,
3016		include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay).
3017	CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the
3018		genericstable also to subdomains of $=G.
3019	CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups.
3020		Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago.
3021	CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups.  Suggested
3022		by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net.
3023	CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading.
3024		Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates.
3025	CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w.  Suggested by Steve
3026		Hubert of University of Washington.
3027	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as
3028		GNU is now the canonical system name.  From Mark
3029		Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam.
3030	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman.
3031	CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value
3032		associated with the option.  From Andrew Brown of
3033		Graffiti World Wide, Inc.
3034	CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer.  Contributed
3035		by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology
3036		Services.
3037	CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder
3038		names.  Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
3039		Aerospace.
3040	CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags
3041		for the relay mailer.  Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn
3042		University and Brian Candler.
3043	CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path:
3044		header) by default.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3045	CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host].
3046		Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
3047		Institute.
3048	CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS;
3049		i.e., to set, add, or delete flags.
3050	CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user
3051		who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that
3052		is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms').
3053	CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay
3054		after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks.
3055	CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated
3056		feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of
3057		sequence maps.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3058	CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of
3059		line string for the local mailer.  Requested by Il Oh of
3060		Willamette Industries, Inc.
3061	CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is
3062		converted to <user@d>
3063	CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by
3064		Sun's older, broken configuration files.
3065	CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a
3066		normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be
3067		performed.
3068	CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if
3069		${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily.
3070		Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
3071		Institute.
3072	CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can
3073		be accessed by their numbers).
3074	CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial
3075		which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part
3076		of an address.
3077	CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used
3078		to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag
3079		set.  If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate
3080		action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored.
3081	CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4
3082		and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4.
3083		The latter is kept around for backward compatibility.
3084	CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries,
3085		where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code.
3086	CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
3087	CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_
3088		line.  Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
3089		Institute.
3090	CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates.
3091	CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take
3092		arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and
3093		mailer definition flags.  This makes it possible to use
3094		other programs such as maildrop for local delivery.
3095	CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or
3096		FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local').
3097		Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM.
3098	CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header
3099		default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER).
3100	CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a
3101		local mailer.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3102	CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the
3103		University of California at Berkeley.
3104	CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of
3105		Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3106	CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names.  Patch from
3107		Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab.
3108	CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
3109		Corporation UK.
3110	CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues.
3111	DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with
3112		the Build scripts.  Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of
3113		Yale University.
3114	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will
3115		be used for building.
3116	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be
3117		used for a fresh build.
3118	DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh.
3119	DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to
3120		ranlib.
3121	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in
3122		<path>/obj.*.  Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis.
3123	DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the
3124		building of the man pages when defined.  Suggested by Bryan
3125		Costales.
3126	DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and
3127		confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the
3128		installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file
3129		respectively.  Suggested by Bryan Costales.
3130	DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX.  Patch from Gerald Rinske
3131		of Siemens Business Services.
3132	DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of
3133		stdio library.  The new buffered file I/O depends on the
3134		Torek stdio library.  This option can be either portable or
3135		torek.
3136	DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which
3137		correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively.
3138		They should contain the C source files for the object files
3139		listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD.  These file names
3140		will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation.
3141	DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs
3142		in the sendmail distribution.  Each has the form
3143		`conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'.
3144		The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS,
3145		conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD.
3146	DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign.  This should have little affect on
3147		building the distribution, but documentation on the changes
3148		are in devtools/README.
3149	DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already
3150		exists.  Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3151	DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies
3152		the path to the sendmail source directory.  confSRCDIR is a
3153		new variable which identifies the root of the source
3154		directories for all of the programs in the distribution.
3155	DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build
3156		time.  They can both still be overridden by setting the m4
3157		macro.
3158	DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem.
3159	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for
3160		build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/.
3161		Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object
3162		directories.  Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment
3163		Corporation.
3164	DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted
3165		manual pages in the directory tree specified by
3166		confMANROOTMAN.
3167	DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the
3168		preformatted pages from the distribution.  The new variable
3169		confCOPY specifies the copying program.
3170	DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without
3171		question.  Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle
3172		Communications.
3173	DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names
3174		of the installed statistics and help files, respectively.
3175	DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining
3176		operating system identity.  Problem noted by Erik
3177		Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College.
3178	DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that
3179		will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH.
3180		Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib".
3181	DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying
3182		how to strip binaries.  These are used by the new
3183		install-strip target.
3184	DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after
3185		the others (if it exists).
3186	DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries
3187		then the default ones.
3188	MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-ID root.  To use mail.local
3189		as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use
3190		MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S')
3191		to set the S flag.
3192	MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be
3193		accepted by sendmail.  Suggested by Neil Rickert of
3194		Northern Illinois University.
3195	MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise
3196		8BITMIME in the LHLO response.  Suggested by Kari Hurtta of
3197		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3198	MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining
3199		MAILLOCK when compiling.  Also requires linking with
3200		-lmail.  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3201		University.
3202	MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is
3203		defined when compiling.  Automatically set for Solaris 2.3
3204		and later.  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3205		University.
3206	MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address
3207		structure to the beginning of the program.  This ensures that
3208		the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly
3209		unauthenticated user.  If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC
3210		on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as,
3211		"authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session
3212		key."  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3213		University.
3214	MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is
3215		set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling.
3216		Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3217	MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046
3218		characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming
3219		line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the
3220		newline).  If an input line was 2047 characters long
3221		(excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.',
3222		mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the
3223		user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail.
3224		If the message was much longer, both sendmail and
3225		mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read
3226		what they have written.  Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of
3227		Alcatel Australia Limited.
3228	MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a
3229		temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota.  Suggested by
3230		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3231	MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global
3232		timeout to avoid starvation.
3233	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted
3234		local-parts.  Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of
3235		Infinite Monkeys & Co.
3236	MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR.
3237	MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are
3238		printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file
3239		is reset.  Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University
3240		of Maryland.
3241	MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of
3242		generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the
3243		sendmail configuration file.
3244	MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail
3245		configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser
3246		option.
3247	MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database.  Based on
3248		code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
3249	MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values.  Suggested by Philip
3250		A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services.
3251	MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems.  Problem
3252		noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services.
3253	OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer
3254		equates.  Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines.
3255	OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation.  From Graeme Hewson of Oracle
3256		Corporation UK.
3257	OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe"
3258		(e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the
3259		option was specified on the command line).  Problem noted
3260		by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
3261	PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for
3262		Berkeley DB.  Patch from Brian J. Coan of the
3263		Institute for Global Communications.
3264	PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the
3265		alias file(s) if the -f option is not used.  Patch from
3266		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3267	PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail
3268		configuration file to use for finding alias file(s).  Patch
3269		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3270	SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit.  Allow command
3271		lists using || and &&.  Based on patch from Brian J. Coan
3272		of the Institute for Global Communications.
3273	SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system.  From Tim Pierce
3274		of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative.
3275	VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution.
3276	LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library.  Works with Berkeley
3277		DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM.
3278	Changed Files:
3279		The Build script in the various program subdirectories are
3280			no longer symbolic links.  They are now scripts
3281			which execute the actual Build script in
3282			devtools/bin.
3283		All the manual pages are now written against -man and not
3284			-mandoc as they were previously.
3285		Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead
3286			of Build will work (unless parameters are
3287			required for Build).
3288	New Directories:
3289		devtools/M4/UNIX
3290		include
3291		libmilter
3292		libsmdb
3293		libsmutil
3294		vacation
3295	Renamed Directories:
3296		BuildTools => devtools
3297		src => sendmail
3298	Deleted Files:
3299		cf/m4/nullrelay.m4
3300		devtools/OS/Linux.ppc
3301		devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX
3302		devtools/OS/SINIX
3303		sendmail/ldap_map.h
3304	New Files:
3305		INSTALL
3306		PGPKEYS
3307		cf/cf/generic-linux.cf
3308		cf/cf/generic-linux.mc
3309		cf/feature/delay_checks.m4
3310		cf/feature/dnsbl.m4
3311		cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4
3312		cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4
3313		cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4
3314		cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4
3315		cf/mailer/qpage.m4
3316		cf/ostype/bsdi.m4
3317		cf/ostype/hpux11.m4
3318		cf/ostype/openbsd.m4
3319		contrib/bounce-resender.pl
3320		contrib/domainmap.m4
3321		contrib/qtool.8
3322		contrib/qtool.pl
3323		devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4
3324		devtools/M4/list.m4
3325		devtools/M4/string.m4
3326		devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4
3327		devtools/M4/switch.m4
3328		devtools/OS/Darwin
3329		devtools/OS/GNU
3330		devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43
3331		devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44
3332		devtools/OS/m88k
3333		devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh
3334		mail.local/Makefile
3335		mailstats/Makefile
3336		makemap/Makefile
3337		praliases/Makefile
3338		rmail/Makefile
3339		sendmail/Makefile
3340		sendmail/bf.h
3341		sendmail/bf_portable.c
3342		sendmail/bf_portable.h
3343		sendmail/bf_torek.c
3344		sendmail/bf_torek.h
3345		sendmail/shmticklib.c
3346		sendmail/statusd_shm.h
3347		sendmail/timers.c
3348		sendmail/timers.h
3349		smrsh/Makefile
3350		vacation/Makefile
3351	Renamed Files:
3352		cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4
3353		sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h
3354		sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile
3355		sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h
3356		sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h
3357		sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c
3358		sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c
3359		sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h
3360		cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4
3361	Copied Files:
3362		cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4
3363
33648.9.3/8.9.3	1999/02/04
3365	SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total
3366		of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of
3367		service attack.  This limit will be configurable in 8.10.
3368		Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
3369		Schools" project (IdS).
3370	Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map
3371		was closed due to an earlier failure.  Problem noted by
3372		Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.  Fix from Booker Bense of
3373		Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3374	Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages
3375		when performing the MIME header length check.  This
3376		will allow PGP signatures to function properly.  Problem
3377		noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland.
3378	If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive,
3379		the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop
3380		broken" error.  Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan
3381		Stanley.  Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3382	Allow -T to work for bestmx maps.  Fix from Aaron Schrab of
3383		ExecPC Internet Systems.
3384	During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a
3385		TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued
3386		for later retry but the failure would be logged as
3387		"Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout.  Problem noted by
3388		Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH)
3389		and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet.
3390	Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the
3391		F=w mailer flag is not set.  Problem noted by Murray S.
3392		Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per
3393		Hedeland of Ericsson.
3394	Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a
3395		default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default.
3396		Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus
3397		College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc.
3398	Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name)
3399		in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd.
3400	Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of
3401		requiring 354.  This change will match the wording to be
3402		published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS
3403		group of the IETF.
3404	Portability:
3405		AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset
3406			bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2.  This introduces the
3407			softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should
3408			not be used.  It conflicts with the resolver
3409			built into libc.a.  "bind" has been removed
3410			from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable.
3411			Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have
3412			to add it back in their site.config.m4 file.
3413			Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the
3414			Technical University of Denmark.
3415		CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego
3416			Supercomputer Center.
3417		Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input
3418			from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation,
3419			John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense
3420			of Stanford University.
3421		Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone
3422			between different releases.  Back out the
3423			change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive
3424			a timezone.  Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits
3425			of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
3426			and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications.
3427		Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy
3428			of Siemens/SNI.
3429		SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3430	CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper
3431		timezone.  Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical
3432		University of Brno.
3433	CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly
3434		when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local).  Patch from Neil W.
3435		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3436	CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on
3437		hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:.  Patch from
3438		Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3439	CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value.  Patch from
3440		Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
3441	CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet
3442		on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail.
3443		Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3444	CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would
3445		cause later checks to fail.  Patch from Paul J Murphy of
3446		MIDS Europe.
3447	New Files:
3448		BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
3449		BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX
3450		BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8
3451
34528.9.2/8.9.2	1998/12/30
3453	SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections
3454		due to an accept() failure.  This sleep could be used
3455		for a denial of service attack.
3456	Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long.
3457		Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
3458	Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent
3459		host status.  Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
3460		Corporation UK.
3461	Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories.
3462		Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society.
3463	Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault.
3464		Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham.
3465	Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the
3466		noetrn flag.  This is scheduled to change in a future
3467		version of sendmail.  Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of
3468		Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu
3469		Internet Services.
3470	When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX
3471		environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the
3472		default domain appended.  Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of
3473		Polderland Language & Speech Technology.
3474	Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e.
3475		'RCPT TO: (comment)'.  Problem noted by Earle Ake of
3476		Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
3477	Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec.  Patch from
3478		Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3479	Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent
3480		a segmentation fault.  Patch from Wayne Knowles of the
3481		National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd.
3482	Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address
3483		verification (-bv).  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
3484		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3485	Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the
3486		daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full
3487		condition.  Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet
3488		Internet Services.
3489	Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file
3490		in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist.  Problem
3491		noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University.
3492	Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception.
3493		Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for
3494		its memory pool.  Closing a map opened by another process
3495		will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the
3496		parent process leaving things in a bad state.  For
3497		Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process
3498		is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close
3499		the map file descriptor.  Thanks to Yoseff Francus of
3500		Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for
3501		extended testing.
3502	Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply
3503		failures.  Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal.
3504	On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such
3505		as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more),
3506		stop sending output and exit.  Patch from Allan E Johannesen
3507		of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3508	In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures
3509		are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent
3510		failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition.
3511		Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and
3512		Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
3513	Fix by one error reporting on long alias names.  Problem noted by
3514		H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education
3515		Network.
3516	Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior.  Problem
3517		noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory.
3518	When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME,
3519		be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that
3520		boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line.  Problem
3521		noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc.  Fix from
3522		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3523	Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer
3524		has enough space for the additional address.  Problem
3525		noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong.
3526	Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior.  Problem
3527		noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College.
3528	If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer,
3529		discard the current recipient.  Unlike check_relay,
3530		check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not
3531		discarded.  Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs.  Fix from
3532		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
3533	Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with
3534		bogus formatting.  Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3535		Meteorological Institute.
3536	Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
3537	OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers.  Fix
3538		from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach.
3539	Portability:
3540		Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
3541		Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase
3542			option structure.  Problem noted by Ashley M.
3543			Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc.
3544		Break out IP address to hostname translation for
3545			reading network interface addresses into
3546			class 'w'.  Patch from John Kennedy of
3547			Cal State University, Chico.
3548		AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized
3549			from changing the semantics of the compiled
3550			program.  From Simon Travaglia of the
3551			University of Waikato, New Zealand.
3552		FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext().  From
3553			Peter Wemm of DIALix.
3554		FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix.
3555		IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes.  From
3556			Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University.
3557		IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support.
3558		LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer
3559			of Sun Microsystems.
3560		Linux does not implement seteuid() properly.  From
3561			John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
3562		Linux timezone type was set improperly.  From Takeshi Itoh
3563			of Bits Co., Ltd.
3564		NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS.  From
3565			Tom J. Moore of NCR.
3566		NeXT 4.x correction to man page path.  From J. P. McCann
3567			of E I A.
3568		System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs)
3569			from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network
3570			Information Center.
3571		ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from
3572			Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
3573			Institute.
3574		Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr().  Fix from Henk
3575			van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau.
3576	CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying.
3577		Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc.  Fix from
3578		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
3579	CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as
3580		there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may
3581		not be the one in use.  Suggested by Alan Brown of
3582		Manawatu Internet Services.
3583	CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2)
3584		when stripping down a recipient address to check for
3585		relaying.  Patch from Claus Assmann of
3586		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert
3587		of Northern Illinois University.
3588	CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups.  Patch
3589		from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
3590		Kiel.
3591	CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch
3592		Dot Com.
3593	CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning.  Patch
3594		from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
3595		Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3596	CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g.
3597		user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now
3598		checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is
3599		used.  Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
3600		Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and
3601		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
3602	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP
3603		stream.  Do not allow more than one response per recipient.
3604	MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP.  Fix
3605		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3606	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP.  Fix from
3607		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3608	MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in
3609		the envelope From header.
3610	MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode.
3611		Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University.
3612	MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page.
3613		Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University.
3614	MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with
3615		the -s flag.  Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet
3616		Portal Services, Inc.
3617	PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the
3618		NULL byte at the end of the key.  Patch from John Beck of
3619		Sun Microsystems.
3620	PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
3621	New Files:
3622		BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5
3623		BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386
3624		cf/ostype/unixware7.m4
3625		contrib/smcontrol.pl
3626		src/control.c
3627
36288.9.1/8.9.1	1998/07/02
3629	If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic
3630		site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used
3631		instead of both.  Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of
3632		the Norwegian University of Science and Technology.
3633	Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME
3634		multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened
3635		file descriptor.  Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3636		Meteorological Institute.
3637	Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of
3638		the header area when parsing MIME headers.  Problem noted
3639		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3640	Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the
3641		installation commands.  The man pages would still be
3642		built with .0 extensions.  Problem noted by Bryan
3643		Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
3644	Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment
3645		variable.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
3646	If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages
3647		were still delivered.  Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK.
3648	Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error
3649		if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set.
3650		Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital.
3651	Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created
3652		in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead
3653		and then back.  Problem noted by Michael Miller of the
3654		University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg.
3655	Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is
3656		set in the PrivacyOptions option.  Fix from Ted Rule of
3657		Flextech TV.
3658	Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of
3659		bouncing the message.  Problem noted by David Lindes of
3660		DaveLtd Enterprises.
3661	Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to
3662		compilation.  Installation may be done from a read-only
3663		mount.  Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric
3664		Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc.
3665	Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit.  Problem
3666		noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc.
3667	Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory.  Problem noted
3668		by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems.
3669	Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if
3670		any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not
3671		exist.  Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online.
3672	Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by
3673		gethostbyname().  Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford
3674		University.
3675	If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the
3676		5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2.  Similarly, for
3677		non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the
3678		mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3.
3679		Suggested by Antony Bowesman of
3680		Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System.
3681	Portability:
3682		Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for
3683			use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms.
3684			From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development
3685			and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing.
3686		BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions.  From Jeff Polk
3687			of BSDI.
3688		DomainOS detection for Build.  Also, version 10.4 and later
3689			ship a unistd.h.  Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of
3690			PICT Inc.
3691		NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages.  From
3692			J. P. McCann of E I A.
3693		SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support.  From Vlado Potisk
3694			of TEMPEST, Ltd.
3695	CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for
3696		qualification.  Problem noted by Michiel Boland of
3697		Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from
3698		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3699	CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP,
3700		BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders.
3701		Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
3702	CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce
3703		messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>.  LMTP
3704		would not accept @@hostname.
3705	OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick
3706		Troxel of the National Institutes of Health.
3707	RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install'
3708		as this rmail isn't the same as others.  Suggested by
3709		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3710	New Files:
3711		BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4
3712
37138.9.0/8.9.0	1998/05/19
3714	SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally
3715		readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:,
3716		class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe
3717		(i.e., group or world writable) directory paths.  Sites
3718		which need the ability to override security can use the
3719		DontBlameSendmail option.  See the README file for more
3720		information.
3721	SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
3722		if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
3723		This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these
3724		world writable directories.
3725	SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if
3726		it is in a world writable directory.
3727	SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the
3728		tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input.
3729		Unfortunately this breaks -v mode.  Problem noted by
3730		Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
3731		IBM T.J. Watson Research.
3732	SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to
3733		prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group
3734		privileges.  Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
3735	SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and
3736		gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon
3737		that has a non-zero uid.  If none of these exist, sendmail
3738		reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1.
3739		This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that
3740		uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon.  If DefaultUser
3741		is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this
3742		default.
3743	SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-ID binaries
3744		interfered with setting an alternate group id for the
3745		RunAsUser option.  Problem noted by Randall Winchester of
3746		the University of Maryland.
3747	Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.  Based on patch from John Kennedy
3748		of Cal State University, Chico.
3749	Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB).  Users
3750		which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the
3751		current version of Berkeley DB.
3752	Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex.
3753		From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
3754	Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod
3755		UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University
3756		of Maryland.
3757	Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1
3758		configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which
3759		do not have getusershell().  Fix from John Beck of Sun
3760		Microsystems.
3761	On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the
3762		argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the
3763		last argument was either "-q" or "-d".  Problem noted by
3764		Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart.
3765	Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and
3766		mail.local on the F=z flag.
3767	Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile.  Previously this was
3768		only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate
3769		macro expansion.  Now $x will be expanded.  This means that
3770		real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped.
3771	TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the
3772		reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails.
3773		Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and
3774		Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
3775		IBM T.J. Watson Research.
3776	DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t
3777		would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON.
3778		Problem noted by Claus Assmann of
3779		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
3780	Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a
3781		valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM.  Fix from Andreas Luik
3782		of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH.
3783	Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules.  This eliminates
3784		the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $)
3785		to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized.
3786	Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of
3787		recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP
3788		transaction.  After this number is reached, sendmail
3789		starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT
3790		commands.  This can be used to limit the number of recipients
3791		per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server
3792		for spamming).  Note: a better approach is to restrict
3793		relaying entirely.
3794	Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option
3795		to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to
3796		avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers.
3797		Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University.
3798	Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters.  For example,
3799		'-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or
3800		bar in their address.  Patch from Allan E Johannesen of
3801		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3802	The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if
3803		passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag.  This can be
3804		used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient
3805		of a message.  This can be used to help prevent relaying.
3806		Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
3807	Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the
3808		sender for those failures.
3809	Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by
3810		preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec
3811		has been determined.  Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of
3812		Technical University of Braunschweig.  Patch from Per Hedeland
3813		of Ericsson.
3814	Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty
3815		when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make
3816		output easier to decipher.  Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
3817		of Procter & Gamble.
3818	The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message
3819		given included the remainder of the arguments instead of
3820		solely the argument in error.  Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
3821		of Procter & Gamble.
3822	New DontBlameSendmail option.  This option allows administrators to
3823		bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense
3824		of system security.  This should only be used if you are
3825		absolutely sure you know the consequences.  The available
3826		DontBlameSendmail options are:
3827			Safe
3828			AssumeSafeChown
3829			ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath
3830			ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath
3831			GroupWritableDirPathSafe
3832			GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
3833			GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe
3834			GroupWritableAliasFile
3835			HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath
3836			WorldWritableAliasFile
3837			ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath
3838			IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath
3839			ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath
3840			IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath
3841			ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
3842			IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
3843			MapInUnsafeDirPath
3844			LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir
3845			LinkedClassFileInWritableDir
3846			LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir
3847			LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir
3848			LinkedMapInWritableDir
3849			LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir
3850			FileDeliveryToHardLink
3851			FileDeliveryToSymLink
3852			WriteMapToHardLink
3853			WriteMapToSymLink
3854			WriteStatsToHardLink
3855			WriteStatsToSymLink
3856			RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath
3857			RunWritableProgram
3858	New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the
3859		interface names in $=w on startup.  In particular, if you
3860		have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up
3861		startup.  However, unless you make other arrangements, mail
3862		sent to those addresses will be bounced.
3863	Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and
3864		AutoRebuildAliases is set.
3865	Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command.
3866		Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur.
3867	Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command.
3868	When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do
3869		a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup
3870		and compare results.  If they differ or if the PTR lookup
3871		fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address
3872		surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]).
3873	New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure
3874		(i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in
3875		contrast to the success case).
3876	New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax.  A config line
3877		of the form:
3878			HHeader: $>Ruleset
3879		causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header
3880		when read.  This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets --
3881		that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents.
3882	Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers
3883		from hiding their connection information in Received:
3884		headers.
3885	When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts
3886		are skipped.  This will cause the delivering process to
3887		try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX
3888		hosts are available.  Suggested by Alexander Litvin.
3889	The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the
3890		A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u.  It also
3891		obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME
3892		7/8 bit conversion flags.  This is useful for defining
3893		a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the
3894		recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail).
3895	Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost
3896		if the remote connection closes the socket before the
3897		remote identity can be queried.
3898	Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior.
3899		Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real
3900		uid is left unchanged by sendmail.  Problem noted by Per
3901		Hedeland of Ericsson.
3902	No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it
3903		is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ --
3904		some of the details are determined dynamically via
3905		BuildTools/bin/configure.sh.
3906	The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local,
3907		mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use
3908		the new Build method which creates an operating system
3909		specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools.
3910	Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e.,
3911		a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
3912		same host).  This is necessary if the remote host sends
3913		a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve
3914		as is common in anti-spam configurations.  Problem noted
3915		by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
3916	New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking
3917		rulesets.  If one of the above rulesets resolves to the
3918		$#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the
3919		message will be completely discarded after it is accepting.
3920		This means that even if only one of the recipients
3921		resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients
3922		will receive the mail.  Suggested by Brian Kantor.
3923	All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued
3924		instead of being delivered.  Problem noted by John Caruso
3925		of CNET: The Computer Network.
3926	Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking.
3927	Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to
3928		an error.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3929	Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a
3930		hostname via NetInfo.  Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG.
3931	Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port}
3932		macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent
3933		rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros.
3934		Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH.
3935	If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the
3936		error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used
3937		in the rejection message given to the remote machine.
3938		Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
3939	Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros
3940		before calling the check_relay ruleset.  Suggested by Scott
3941		Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
3942	Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an
3943		exit code of 79.  Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC
3944		Internet.  Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur
3945		Institute.
3946	Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by
3947		mail.local.
3948	Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g.,
3949		R$*	$( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $).  Patch from
3950		Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute.
3951	Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases
3952		which have owner- aliases.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
3953		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3954	Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in
3955		address test mode (-bt).  Problem noted by Bryan Costales
3956		of InfoBeat, Inc.
3957	-qR could sometimes match names incorrectly.  Problem noted by
3958		Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co.
3959	Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the
3960		mailstats command.
3961	Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the
3962		StatusFile for display by the mailstats command.  Patch
3963		from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland.
3964	IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the
3965		user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of
3966		username@site to differentiate the two.  Suggested by
3967		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3968	Enforce timeout for LDAP queries.  Patch from Per Hedeland of
3969		Ericsson.
3970	Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is
3971		replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes.  Also
3972		avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots.  Fix from
3973		Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC.
3974	If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new
3975		queue entry five times before giving up.  Previously, it
3976		was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition
3977		to run out of inodes.  Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of
3978		Stratus Computer, Inc.
3979	In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the
3980		currently supported version.
3981	Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive.  Patch
3982		from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland.
3983	Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option,
3984		the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if
3985		it contains characters which must be quoted.  Problem noted
3986		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3987	Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before
3988		releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2).
3989		In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable"
3990		message in error bounces.
3991	Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no
3992		accompanying text.  Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of
3993		Digital Equipment Corporation.
3994	Portability:
3995		AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura
3996			of Kyoto University.
3997		AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>.  Patch from
3998			Randall S. Winchester of the University of
3999			Maryland.
4000		AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS.
4001		CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing
4002			in Finland.
4003		Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free
4004			disk space.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
4005			the University of Maryland.
4006		HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and
4007			Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation.
4008		IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4009			Meteorological Institute.
4010		IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle
4011			of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory.
4012		IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI.
4013		IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI.
4014		QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>.
4015		SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links
4016			to sendmail.  Install with group bin instead of kmem
4017			as kmem does not exist.  From Guillermo Freige of
4018			Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul
4019			Fischer of BTG, Inc.
4020		SunOS 4.X does not include memmove().  Patch from
4021			Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4022		SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining
4023			load average.  Patch from John Beck of Sun
4024			Microsystems.
4025	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file.
4026	CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database
4027		map for the various maps.  The default is hash.  Patch from
4028		Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
4029	CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable
4030		directory for certain programs.
4031	CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for
4032		local mail delivery.  By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local
4033		is used.  This is expected to be the mail.local shipped
4034		with 8.9 which is LMTP capable.  The path is based on the
4035		new confEBINDIR m4 variable.
4036	CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for
4037		FEATURE(smrsh).  Note that this changes the default from
4038		/usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh.  To obtain the
4039		old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh).
4040	CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to
4041		include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow
4042		the user to setup different .forward files for
4043		user+detail addressing.
4044	CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES,
4045		and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage,
4046		DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options.
4047	CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail
4048		from outside your domain and sending it to another host
4049		outside your domain).
4050	CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from
4051		any site to any site.
4052	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your
4053		domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay.
4054	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on
4055		the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient.
4056	CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database
4057		feature.  This database gives you the ability to allow
4058		or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for
4059		administrative reasons.  By default, names that are listed
4060		as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names.
4061	CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file
4062		used for class 'R'.  Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains.
4063	CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file)
4064		to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay.
4065	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior
4066		of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual
4067		host names only.
4068	CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check).  Normally, if a recipient
4069		using % addressing is used, e.g.  user%site@othersite,
4070		and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset
4071		will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying.
4072		This feature changes that behavior.  It should not be
4073		needed for most installations.
4074	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the
4075		domain portion of the mail sender is a local host.  This
4076		should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens
4077		a window for spammers.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
4078		the University of Maryland.
4079	CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to
4080		block incoming mail destined for certain recipient
4081		usernames, hostnames, or addresses.
4082	CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be
4083		refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot
4084		be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS).
4085	CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts
4086		unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands.
4087	CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts
4088		MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain.
4089	CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the
4090		Realtime Blackhole List.  You can specify the RBL name
4091		server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument.
4092		The default is rbl.maps.vix.com.  For details, see
4093		http://maps.vix.com/rbl/.
4094	CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and
4095		Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and
4096		check_rcpt.  Users with local rulesets should place the
4097		rules using LOCAL_RULESETS.  If a Local_check_* ruleset
4098		returns $#OK, the message is accepted.  If the ruleset
4099		returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else
4100		the return of the ruleset is ignored.
4101	CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by
4102		default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries.
4103	CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can
4104		pick the proper default value.  See the SECURITY note
4105		above for more information.
4106	CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a
4107		no-op.  Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4108		Meteorological Institute.
4109	CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to
4110		daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope
4111		sender if run as mailnull.  See the Digital UNIX section
4112		of src/README for more information.  Problem noted by
4113		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4114	CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the
4115		.mc files instead of in the obj directory.
4116	CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER,
4117		confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for
4118		setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and
4119		MustQuoteChars respectively.
4120	MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout.  This
4121		SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery
4122		status on a per-user basis.  Code donated by John Myers of
4123		CMU (now of Netscape).
4124	MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the
4125		University of Maryland.  NOTE: mail.local is not
4126		compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format.  Be sure to
4127		read mail.local/README.
4128	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a
4129		mailbox lock.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the
4130		University of Maryland.
4131	MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State
4132		University, Chico.
4133	MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4134		Meteorological Institute.
4135	MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages
4136		in the StatusFile.  Patch from Randall Winchester of the
4137		University of Maryland.
4138	MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files
4139		such as linked files in world writable directories.
4140	MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.  Remove OLD_NEWDB support.
4141	PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.
4142	PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support.  Problem
4143		noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of
4144		Braunschweig.
4145	RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms.  Patches from
4146		Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and
4147		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4148	Changed Files:
4149		src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use
4150			the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*.
4151		src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build.
4152	New Files:
4153		BuildTools/M4/header.m4
4154		BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4
4155		BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4
4156		BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4
4157		BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4
4158		BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4
4159		BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4
4160		BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2
4161		BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x
4162		BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
4163		BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x
4164		BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5
4165		BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x
4166		BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x
4167		BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3
4168		BuildTools/OS/QNX
4169		BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7
4170		BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE
4171		BuildTools/README
4172		BuildTools/Site/README
4173		BuildTools/bin/Build
4174		BuildTools/bin/configure.sh
4175		BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh
4176		BuildTools/bin/install.sh
4177		Makefile
4178		cf/cf/Build
4179		cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf
4180		cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4
4181		cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4
4182		cf/feature/access_db.m4
4183		cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4
4184		cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4
4185		cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4
4186		cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4
4187		cf/feature/rbl.m4
4188		cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4
4189		cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4
4190		cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4
4191		cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4
4192		cf/ostype/qnx.m4
4193		contrib/doublebounce.pl
4194		mail.local/Build
4195		mail.local/Makefile.m4
4196		mail.local/README
4197		mailstats/Build
4198		mailstats/Makefile.m4
4199		makemap/Build
4200		makemap/Makefile.m4
4201		praliases/Build
4202		praliases/Makefile.m4
4203		rmail/Build
4204		rmail/Makefile.m4
4205		rmail/rmail.0
4206		smrsh/Build
4207		smrsh/Makefile.m4
4208		src/Build
4209		src/Makefile.m4
4210		src/snprintf.c
4211	Deleted Files:
4212		cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist)
4213		mail.local/Makefile
4214		mail.local/Makefile.dist
4215		mailstats/Makefile
4216		mailstats/Makefile.dist
4217		makemap/Makefile
4218		makemap/Makefile.dist
4219		praliases/Makefile
4220		praliases/Makefile.dist
4221		rmail/Makefile
4222		smrsh/Makefile
4223		smrsh/Makefile.dist
4224		src/Makefile
4225		src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2)
4226		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE
4227			(renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE)
4228		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform)
4229	Renamed Files:
4230		READ_ME => README
4231		cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile
4232		cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/*
4233		src/READ_ME => src/README
4234
42358.8.8/8.8.8	1997/10/24
4236	If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged
4237		incorrectly.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4238		Meteorological Institute.
4239	If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not
4240		add additional bounces to it.  Problem noted by Thomas J.
4241		Arseneault of SRI International.
4242	If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing
4243		connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode.
4244		Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
4245	Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them
4246		to internal form.  Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio.
4247	EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as
4248		User unknown with bogus delay= values.  Change them to log
4249		the same as compliant addresses.  Problem noted by Kari E.
4250		Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4251	Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace
4252		option for resolver.  Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind
4253		River Systems.
4254	If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a
4255		protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be
4256		closed but the persistent host status file would not be
4257		unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to
4258		that host.  Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
4259	If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment
4260		the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery
4261		attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next
4262		queue run regardless of MinQueueAge.  Problem noted by
4263		Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
4264	Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and
4265		"Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged
4266		with the incorrect timestamp.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta
4267		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4268	Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
4269	Log null connections on dropped connections.  Problem noted by
4270		Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
4271	If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and
4272		reopen the map.  Previously, they could give stale
4273		results during a single message processing (but would
4274		recover when the next message was received).  Fix from
4275		Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.
4276	Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY
4277		requests.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
4278		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4279	Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad
4280		recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the
4281		message is accepted.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
4282		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4283	Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to
4284		sendmail via a UNIX pipe.  This will allow rulesets using
4285		$&{client_name} to process without sending the string through
4286		dequote.  Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa.
4287	A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation,
4288		and the inability to save a bounce message to
4289		/var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce
4290		to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the
4291		queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the
4292		queue was run.  Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons
4293		Associates.
4294	Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS.  There are
4295		no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as
4296		sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this
4297		could cause confusing error messages.
4298	Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be
4299		rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad.  This
4300		behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not
4301		the entire message.  Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of
4302		SuperNet, Inc.
4303	Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file.  Suggested by
4304		Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
4305	Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP
4306		mailers.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
4307		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4308	An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses
4309		for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently
4310		dropped.
4311	Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via
4312		a HUP signal.  This will give room for the process title.
4313		Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
4314	Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not
4315		support flock locking and runs out of processes during
4316		delivery.  Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan.
4317	Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821.
4318		Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4319		Institute.
4320	Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the
4321		rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps
4322		are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases.
4323		Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University.
4324	Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for
4325		bounce messages.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of
4326		RUS University of Stuttgart.
4327	Minor lint fixes.
4328	Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map
4329		search returns an error.  This will allow sequenced maps which
4330		use other LDAP servers to be checked.  Fix from Booker Bense
4331		of Stanford University.
4332	When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do
4333		not pad bare linefeeds with a space.  Problem noted by Theo
4334		Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany.
4335	Portability:
4336		Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling
4337			conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of
4338			setproctitle().  Problem noted by Ted Roberts of
4339			Electronic Data Systems.
4340		AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation.  Reported by Jim
4341			Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services.
4342		BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined.
4343		Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves
4344			loader environment variables into the loader memory
4345			area.  If one of these environment variables (such as
4346			LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable,
4347			an invalid memory address would be used by the process
4348			title routine causing memory corruption.  Problem
4349			noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems.
4350		GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused
4351			chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does
4352			not permit file giveaways.  Problem noted by
4353			Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo.
4354		IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes.  Reported by
4355			Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
4356		Linux: Pad process title with NULLs.  Problem noted by
4357			Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
4358		SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an
4359			incorrect value for the number of interfaces.
4360			Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet
4361			Services.
4362		SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald
4363			Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
4364		Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not
4365			used on a Solaris machine.  Problem noted by
4366			Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited.
4367		CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business
4368			Services VAS.
4369	MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
4370	CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff.
4371	OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of
4372			Ericsson.
4373
43748.8.7/8.8.7	1997/08/03
4375	If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with
4376		an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems
4377		except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at
4378		rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already
4379		exist would fail.  Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software
4380		GmbH.
4381	Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation.
4382		Problem noted by Fredrik J�nsson of the Royal Institute
4383		of Technology, Stockholm.
4384	Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(),
4385		some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these
4386		routines during compilation.  If using TCP Wrappers, assume
4387		that these routines are included as though they were in the
4388		C library.  Patch from Robert La Ferla.
4389	When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being
4390		used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the
4391		duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang.
4392		Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET.
4393	In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the
4394		mail was passed on without any recipient header.  This could
4395		cause problems downstream.  Problem noted by Xander Jansen
4396		of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum.
4397	Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail.  GDBM's locking and
4398		linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's
4399		locking and security checks.  Problems noted by Fyodor
4400		Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet.
4401	Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set.
4402	Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a
4403		gethostbyaddr found no value.  Also, ignore any returns
4404		from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad.
4405	If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as
4406		"may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much
4407		have to assume that the information is good.
4408	In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files
4409		open or locked.
4410	Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup.
4411	Better handling of non-set-user-ID binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious
4412		errors during testing.
4413	Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name
4414		printed in the error message.
4415	If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or
4416		missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO.
4417	Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the
4418		DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or
4419		had a .forward file.  From Nik Conwell of Boston University.
4420	On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits
4421		file giveaway was undefined.  From Tetsu Ushijima of the
4422		Tokyo Institute of Technology.
4423	Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be
4424		lost (so only the header was delivered).  This only occurs
4425		on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue
4426		runner runs during a critical section in another message
4427		delivery.  Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of
4428		Results Computing.
4429	If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem
4430		(wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was
4431		exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried
4432		once, it would be tried on every queue run.  Problem noted
4433		by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
4434	If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure,
4435		include it when reporting that a file has changed after open.
4436		This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option).
4437		This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is
4438		theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after
4439		it is opened and replace it with another file that has the
4440		same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return
4441		garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file
4442		has changed.  As a practical matter this is not a security
4443		problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links,
4444		and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to
4445		have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number
4446		simultaneously.
4447	Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for
4448		use internally, and does not work at customer sites.
4449	Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single
4450		transaction to clear the entire transaction.  Problem
4451		noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
4452	Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without
4453		a trailing slash.  (And a pox on vendors that decide to
4454		ignore the established conventions!)  Problem noted by
4455		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4456	Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family
4457		(intended for IPv6).  Patches are from John Kennedy of
4458		CSU Chico.
4459	In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave
4460		an extra space at the beginning of some lines.  Problem
4461		noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based
4462		on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel.
4463	Portability:
4464		Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency
4465			with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition.  Note that
4466			the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should
4467			be used instead.
4468		AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>.  Patch from Gene Rackow
4469			of Argonne National Laboratory.
4470		OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
4471		RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
4472		SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c.  From
4473			James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd.
4474		Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail
4475			in Makefiles.
4476		Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from
4477			Makefiles.  Use NEWDB on Linux instead.
4478		NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl
4479			exists but behaves differently than other OSes.
4480			Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get
4481			around the problem.  Problem noted by Tom Moore of
4482			NCR Corp.
4483		HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API.  Problem
4484			noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
4485		UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro.  Problem
4486			noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information
4487			Resource Network
4488		SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of
4489			the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername,
4490			getsockname, and getsockopt.  Adds new compile flags
4491			SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.  Problem reported
4492			by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community
4493			Mental Health Center Residential Services.
4494		AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.
4495			Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric
4496			Corp.
4497		Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that
4498			#define both setjmp and longjmp.  Problem pointed out
4499			by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet.
4500		CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1)
4501			from Christopher Durham of SCO.
4502		CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to
4503			/etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual
4504			configuration.  Patch from Dennis Glatting of
4505			PlainTalk.
4506	CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long
4507		time.  Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions.  Suggested
4508		by Harry Styron.
4509	CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc.  These
4510		are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org.
4511	MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files.
4512	MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example,
4513		telling more details on what actually changed when "file
4514		changed after open".
4515	CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files.  Support multiple Fw
4516		files.
4517	CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'.
4518	NEW FILES:
4519		src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD
4520		src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0
4521		test/t_exclopen.c
4522		cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4
4523	DELETED FILES:
4524		Makefile
4525
45268.8.6/8.8.6	1997/06/14
4527	    *************************************************************
4528	    * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI	*
4529	    * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated.	*
4530	    * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward	*
4531	    * continued sendmail development.				*
4532	    *************************************************************
4533	SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open
4534		mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that
4535		points nowhere.  This makes it possible to create a root
4536		owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink
4537		into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check
4538		determined that the file did not exist.  The only verified
4539		example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL
4540		and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07.  Most
4541		systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create
4542		of a file disallows symbolic links.  Systems that have been
4543		verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD,
4544		DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris,
4545		and Ultrix.  This is a potential exposure on systems that
4546		have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias
4547		pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old
4548		mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter.
4549	SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
4550		if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
4551		If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it
4552		is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db
4553		(or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at
4554		another database; this can be used either to expose
4555		information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db
4556		and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack
4557		(by trashing the password database).  The fix disallows
4558		symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on
4559		maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on
4560		writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable
4561		directories to be fatal errors.  This does not represent an
4562		exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable
4563		system directories.
4564	SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard
4565		or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the
4566		path) is writable by anyone other than the owner.  This is
4567		similar to the previous case for user files.  This change
4568		should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent
4569		an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such
4570		files at other files that are readable only by the owner.
4571	SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they
4572		have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that
4573		are mounted from another system that allows owners to give
4574		away files.  The new rules are very strict, trusting file
4575		ownership only in those few cases where the system has
4576		been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary.
4577		However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially
4578		trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or
4579		group writable.  This might allow someone who has a legitimate
4580		:include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to
4581		become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a
4582		non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where
4583		the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is
4584		actually permitted.  I believe this to be a very small set
4585		of cases.  If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at
4586		NFS-mounted filesystems.
4587	SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option
4588		(e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set.
4589		Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha
4590		group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine.
4591		The user id was still set properly.  Problem noted by Uli
4592		Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin.
4593	Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the
4594		PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set.  Problem reported
4595		by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
4596	Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a
4597		failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
4598		same host).
4599	IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would
4600		affect any options that came after the route option.  Patch
4601		from Theo de Raadt.
4602	The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error
4603		back to the sender.  Problem reported by Stephen More of
4604		PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4605	Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead
4606		of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways.
4607		Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications.
4608	Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors
4609		occur at the beginning of the stream.  Patch contributed by
4610		Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4611	Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within
4612		a signal handler.  Problem noted by John Beck of Sun
4613		Microsystems.
4614	Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset
4615		will have the latest version of the map data.  Problem noted
4616		by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4617	If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message
4618		too large) don't send the bogus message.
4619	Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that
4620		have errors and have owner- aliases.  Problem noted by Michael
4621		Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4622	Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in
4623		multipart/mixed Content-Type: header.  Problem noted by
4624		Richard Muirden of RMIT University.
4625	Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the
4626		ErrorMode is not set to "print".  Fix from Gregory Neil
4627		Shapiro.
4628	Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map
4629		that could not be opened.  Based on a fix from John Beck of
4630		Sun Microsystems.
4631	If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to
4632		a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records
4633		pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message
4634		with a "host unknown" error.  Note that this should really
4635		be fixed in the zone file for the domain.  Problem noted by
4636		Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc.
4637	If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark
4638		the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue
4639		run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will
4640		retry immediately.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales of
4641		Mercury Mail.
4642	If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs
4643		will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached.
4644		"Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of
4645		Morgan Stanley.
4646	If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which
4647		sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue
4648		run, abort the queue run immediately.  Problem noted by
4649		Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
4650	The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size,
4651		number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was
4652		non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or
4653		none of the queue was processed.  The updated algorithm
4654		does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will
4655		not be run.
4656	If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to
4657		die immediately, never hold the error message for future
4658		printing.
4659	Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed
4660		regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the
4661		configuration file.  Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4662	New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3)
4663		routine available in one of the libraries.  Use it in conf.h.
4664	The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps.
4665	If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect
4666		this and reopen the map.  Previously, they could give
4667		erroneous results during a single message processing
4668		(but would recover when the next message was received).
4669	Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the
4670		files are at least ten minutes old.  This avoids a potential
4671		race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back
4672		a file descriptor.  The queue runner locks it and deletes it
4673		because it is zero length.  The creator then writes the
4674		descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the
4675		job goes away.  Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales.
4676	When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward
4677		(A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare
4678		results.  If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the
4679		address as "may be forged".
4680	Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any
4681		substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting;
4682		"substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN.
4683	Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count.
4684		This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open
4685		or write is ever actually attempted.  Patch from Villy Kruse
4686		of TwinCom.
4687	If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage
4688		allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter
4689		was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there
4690		is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce.
4691	Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape
4692		in the body.  Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton
4693		Plasma Physics Laboratory.
4694	Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses.
4695		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4696		Institute.
4697	The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as
4698		documented.  Note that this increases the potential denial
4699		of service problems with this option: an attacker can
4700		connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well
4701		as incoming connections.  If you use this option, you should
4702		run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately
4703		to avoid this attack.  Failure to limit noted by Matthew
4704		Dillon of BEST Internet Communications.
4705	Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be
4706		opened instead of failing silently.  Suggested by Gregory
4707		Neil Shapiro.  This change makes the code match the O'Reilly
4708		book (2nd edition).
4709	Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1
4710		if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce
4711		instead of queueing.  Treat this like TRY_AGAIN.  Fix from
4712		John Beck of SunSoft.
4713	If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry
4714		in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer.
4715		Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems.
4716	Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out
4717		of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened.
4718	Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in
4719		immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die.
4720	Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping.  Patch
4721		from Villy Kruse of TwinCom.
4722	Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes.  Previously these were
4723		partially processed, which could cause confusing error
4724		returns.
4725	Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups
4726		on some architectures.
4727	Portability:
4728		A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC.
4729		glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum,
4730			thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM.  Only option seems
4731			to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
4732			defined.  Problem reported by A Sun of the University
4733			of Washington.
4734		Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on
4735			the system rather than guessing at compile time.
4736			Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4737		Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University.
4738		GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project.
4739		RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation.
4740		ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked.
4741			Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition,
4742			but there appears to be no fix for this.  Patch from
4743			Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4744		BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy.
4745		Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the
4746			high order bit set to apparently randomly match
4747			letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I".
4748			Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of
4749			Cambridge.
4750		IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x.  From
4751			Kari Hurtta.
4752		IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be
4753			IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular
4754			IRIX Makefile).
4755		IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels.
4756			Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
4757	CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses
4758		even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set.  Problem pointed out by
4759		Brian Candler.
4760	CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all
4761		local names as local.  Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI;
4762		fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4763	CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other
4764		"mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value
4765		for the $h macro.  Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4766	CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a
4767		MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY.  Patch from Philip
4768		Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
4769	CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable);
4770		rules are the same as for aliasing.  Based on a patch from
4771		Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4772	CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should
4773		have no functional change in this release, but makes it
4774		possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future.
4775	CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the
4776		HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name.
4777		In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack.
4778		Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from
4779		Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4780	CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for
4781		MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:,
4782		don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit).  Suggestions
4783		from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler.
4784	CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were
4785		being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain)
4786		was specified, even when it wasn't.
4787	MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf.  From John Beck of SunSoft.
4788	MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't
4789		"slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the
4790		exclusive open.  This is only a problem on System V derived
4791		systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are
4792		symbolic links pointing nowhere.
4793	MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was
4794		not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause
4795		later mailboxes to fail.  Also, any partial message would
4796		not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries.
4797		Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD
4798		developers).
4799	MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0.  A similar
4800		change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3.  Problem
4801		noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4802	MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are
4803		symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-ID root, it is
4804		often run as root and hence has the potential for the same
4805		sorts of problems as alias rebuilds.
4806	MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on
4807		NEXTSTEP.
4808	CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf.
4809		Accept an optional list of arguments following the server
4810		name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w).  Other
4811		miscellaneous bug fixes.  From Christian von Roques via
4812		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4813	CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta.  This
4814		Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd
4815		file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name
4816		lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root)
4817		for system accounts.
4818	NEW FILES:
4819		src/safefile.c
4820		cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4
4821		cf/ostype/irix6.m4
4822		contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl
4823		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1
4824		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x
4825	RENAMED FILES:
4826		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 =>	Makefile.IRIX.6.x
4827		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 =>	Makefile.IRIX64.6.0
4828
48298.8.5/8.8.5	1997/01/21
4830	SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup.  Without this, sendmail
4831		will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller,
4832		even if RunAsUser is specified.
4833	SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only.  This is not in response
4834		to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative.
4835		Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
4836	SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible
4837		security implications.  Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the
4838		University of Pennsylvania.
4839	Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'")
4840		would truncate the address after "Full".  Although the -f
4841		syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it
4842		shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode
4843		was unnecessarily awful.
4844	Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data
4845		to a 7-bit format.  Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of
4846		Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom.
4847	Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue
4848		runs.  Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for
4849		final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes
4850		it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7
4851		bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr.
4852		Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
4853	_Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database
4854		module.  Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
4855	Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only
4856		files if the configuration file is safe.  Based on a
4857		patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
4858	ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue
4859		run completed.  Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK
4860		Semiconductor Corp.
4861	It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library
4862		does _not_ log rejected connections.  Do the logging ourselves.
4863		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas
4864		at Austin.
4865	If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown
4866		version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the
4867		error is reported on every queue run.  Change it to only
4868		give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf).  Patch from
4869		William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
4870	Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it
4871		ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused
4872		some problems if a background process tried to send mail
4873		under certain circumstances.  Problem noted by Eric Hagberg
4874		of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta.
4875	Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current
4876		load average is >= the queueing load average.  Previously
4877		the check factored in some other parameters that caused it
4878		to essentially never skip the queue run.  Patch from Bryan
4879		Costales.
4880	If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is
4881		rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND
4882		(25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting
4883		you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack.  Based
4884		on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL.
4885	Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued;
4886		this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks.
4887		The current values and defaults are:
4888		    MAXNOOPCOMMANDS	20	NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
4889		    MAXHELOCOMMANDS	3	HELO, EHLO
4890		    MAXVRFYCOMMANDS	6	VRFY, EXPN
4891		    MAXETRNCOMMANDS	8	ETRN
4892		These will probably be configurable in a future release.
4893	On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs
4894		that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with
4895		the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged.
4896	In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored.  Problem noted
4897		by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
4898	Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on
4899		the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last
4900		line dropped.  Since this appears to be illegal it isn't
4901		clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems
4902		to be a better "fail soft" approach.  Based on a patch from
4903		Eric Hagberg.
4904	If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a
4905		bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO
4906		first" error message.  Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas
4907		of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft.
4908	Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set
4909		in PrivacyOptions.  The -q shouldn't turn this command off.
4910		Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet;
4911		based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4912	Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation)
4913		in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because
4914		a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go
4915		through.  Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet
4916		Communications.
4917	In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they
4918		had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender.
4919		Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from
4920		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4921	Give better diagnostics on long alias lines.  Based on code contributed
4922		by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge.
4923	Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for
4924		alternate names.  Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net.
4925	PORTABILITY:
4926		UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from
4927			Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited.
4928		SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval.
4929			Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation.
4930		SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
4931		Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used.
4932			Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC
4933			(Moscow).
4934		OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org.
4935		Altos System V: from Tim Rice.
4936		Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft.
4937		Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft.
4938		Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli
4939			of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>.
4940	CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax
4941		_just_right_ yet.  Tweak it again.  I'll omit the names
4942		of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case.
4943		As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the
4944		Received: line.
4945	CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E),
4946		it never inserts that class into the output file.  Fix it
4947		so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root
4948		automatically in this class.  Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL
4949		of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'�cole Nationale
4950		Sup�rieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP).
4951	CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications
4952		such as LUSER_RELAY.  This change permits the following
4953		syntaxes:  ``local:'' will send to the same user on the
4954		local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host",
4955		``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to
4956		go to user on the local machone).  ``local:user'' will send
4957		to the named user on the local machine.  ``local:user@host''
4958		is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored).  In
4959		all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the
4960		detail information).  Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr.
4961	CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host
4962		indication.  This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY
4963		to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''.  Note the use
4964		of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted.
4965		Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4966	OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a
4967		NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET).
4968		Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam.
4969	OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on
4970		a duplex printer.  From Matthew Black of Cal State University,
4971		Long Beach.
4972
49738.8.4/8.8.4	1996/12/02
4974	SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional
4975		permissions by hard linking to files that were group
4976		writable by the attacker.  The solution is to disallow any
4977		files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward,
4978		:include:, and output files.  Problem noted by Terry
4979		Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services.  As a
4980		workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea.
4981	SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it
4982		is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on
4983		MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list.  There
4984		is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default).
4985		Problem noted by Dan Bernstein.  Also, make the DontInitGroups
4986		unsafe.  I know of no specific attack against this, although
4987		a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory
4988		you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects
4989		the permissions that are used when mail is delivered.
4990	Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status
4991		directories somehow became empty.  Problem noted by Roy
4992		Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
4993	Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition.
4994		This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged.
4995		Problem noted by several people.
4996	On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX
4997		and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451
4998		SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes".  Problem noted
4999		by several people.
5000	Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting
5001		gcc to high warning levels).  From Tom Moore of NCR Corp.
5002	SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should
5003		not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the
5004		message rather than the host.  Problem noted by Matt Dillon
5005		of Best Internet Communications.
5006	The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers.  Problem noted by Tom Moore
5007		of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions).
5008	Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion
5009		(including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has
5010		had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent
5011		to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain.
5012		Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor.
5013	If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be
5014		rescheduled (so queue runs would stop).  Patch from Don Lewis.
5015	Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP
5016		status code.  Problem noted by Don Lewis.
5017	Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly.
5018		Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5019	Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not
5020		already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the
5021		K line, and the documentation.  Inconsistency pointed out
5022		by Roy Mongiovi.
5023	Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode.  Patch from
5024		Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5025	Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously
5026		it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which
5027		caused stale information to be maintained.  Based on a patch
5028		from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc.  Also, have
5029		ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option.
5030	Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty
5031		host status file condition.  Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori
5032		of Kyoto University.
5033	Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race
5034		conditions from Don Lewis.
5035	Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some
5036		compile errors).  This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into
5037		0/1 compilation flags.  Note that DAEMON is an obsolete
5038		compile flag; use NETINET instead.  Solution based on a
5039		patch from Bryan Costales.
5040	PORTABILITY FIXES:
5041		AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the
5042			/etc/security/passwd file when called as root.  This
5043			is very slow on some systems.  To speed it up, use the
5044			(undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines.
5045			Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group.
5046		SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile.  Patch from Bill
5047			Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service.
5048		NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile.  Patch
5049			from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University.
5050		SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems.  Patches from Andrew Cole of
5051			Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University
5052			of Tokyo.
5053		DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support
5054			Services, Inc.
5055		Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp.
5056			I believe this to have only been a problem if you
5057			compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason
5058			to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path.
5059		Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from
5060			Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universit�t Wien.
5061	CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather
5062		than one long one.  By popular demand.
5063	MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems.  Patch
5064		from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley.
5065	MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs
5066		to take a very long time.  Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA
5067		of NTT Software Corporation.
5068	CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck.
5069	NEW FILES:
5070		contrib/etrn.pl
5071
50728.8.3/8.8.3	1996/11/17
5073	SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail
5074		about argv[0] and then sending it a signal.  Problem noted
5075		by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the
5076		best-of-security list.
5077	Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level
5078		(%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this
5079		should make it clearer to people that they are running
5080		the wrong binary.
5081	Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then
5082		do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at
5083		the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report
5084		"451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes".  Problem
5085		noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech.
5086	When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts
5087		lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry
5088		with space at the end of the line.  Problem noted by Steve
5089		Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
5090	7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text.
5091		Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
5092	Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet
5093		size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver
5094		answers containing very many resource records.  The resolver
5095		may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet
5096		overflow.  Also, allow for the fact that the resolver
5097		routines res_query and res_search return the size of the
5098		*un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it
5099		not big enough to accommodate the entire answer.  Patch from
5100		Eric Wassenaar.
5101	Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code.  If you think you have too
5102		many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they
5103		are still around.  Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc.
5104		Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children
5105		pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely
5106		due to a race condition.  Problem reported by Kyle Jones of
5107		UUNET.
5108	On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines
5109		O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into
5110		thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open.
5111		Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero.  Problem noted by
5112		Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege.
5113	Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to
5114		allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without
5115		it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored.  Patch from
5116		Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch.
5117	Improvements to host status printing code.  Suggested by Steve Hubert
5118		of the University of Washington, Seattle.
5119	Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age
5120		when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this
5121		avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups.
5122		Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc.
5123	When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being
5124		properly escaped.  Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the
5125		University of Linkoping.
5126	In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue
5127		runs even if RunAsUser was set.  Problem noted by Mark
5128		Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
5129	If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is
5130		actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in
5131		the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then
5132		the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the
5133		other end.
5134	The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the
5135		user id was numeric.  Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of
5136		MCI Telecommunications Communications.
5137	If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of
5138		the message was included in the bounce.  Note that this did
5139		not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size.  Problem
5140		reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5141	PORTABILITY FIXES:
5142		AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the
5143			AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which
5144			works on 4.1 as well as 4.2.  Problem noted by
5145			H�kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden.
5146		AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name.
5147			Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University.
5148		MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support.
5149			Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>.
5150		Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average.
5151			This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE.
5152			The outline of the implementation was contributed
5153			by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow.
5154		HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward
5155			declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h;
5156			change it to only be included if you are using gcc,
5157			which is apparently the only compiler that requires
5158			it in the first place.  Problem noted by Jeff
5159			Earickson of Colby College.
5160		IRIX: don't default to using gcc.  IRIX is a civilized
5161			operating system that comes with a decent compiler
5162			by default.  Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and
5163			Kari Hurtta.
5164	CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for
5165		consistency with other local mailers.  Inconsistency
5166		pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>.
5167	CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS
5168		overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the
5169		domain part was dropped from the name.  Patch from Steve
5170		Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
5171	CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could
5172		end up being translated to the null host name, which would
5173		return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end
5174		of the line.  Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the
5175		University of Washington, Seattle.
5176	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4).  From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer
5177		Polytechnic Institute.
5178	MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance.
5179		Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications.
5180	NEW FILES:
5181		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc
5182		cf/ostype/aix4.m4
5183		cf/ostype/mklinux.m4
5184
51858.8.2/8.8.2	1996/10/18
5186	SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch
5187		changed the code but didn't fix the problem.
5188	PORTABILITY FIXES:
5189		Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can
5190			apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances.
5191			Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc.
5192	OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted
5193		from this document.  These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9.
5194	CONFIG: no changes.
5195
51968.8.1/8.8.1	1996/10/17
5197	SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will
5198		examine during queue runs and daemon mode.  Problem noted
5199		by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago.
5200	SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain
5201		message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back
5202		to 8 bits.  This caused core dumps and has the potential
5203		for a remote attack.  Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro
5204		of WPI.
5205	Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't
5206		have flock(2) support.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura of
5207		Kyoto University.
5208	Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options.  If this option is null (as
5209		opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs
5210		on illegal host names.
5211	If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in
5212		the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the
5213		final line.  Problem noted by Pierre David.
5214	If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot
5215		setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems.
5216		Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc.
5217	Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would
5218		be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent
5219		to (say) mail-back.  Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5220	If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long
5221		term host status.  This is necessary because it is common
5222		to do this when you know a host has just come back up.
5223	Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section
5224		4.2.  Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the
5225		University of Leicester.
5226	If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the
5227		service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail
5228		would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found
5229		in the map.  This caused the message to be queued instead of
5230		bouncing immediately.  Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the
5231		University of Washington.
5232	PORTABILITY FIXES:
5233		Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c.  Several
5234			people pointed this out.
5235		NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT.
5236		AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South
5237			Dakota School of Mines & Technology.
5238	CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable.
5239		Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr.
5240	CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set
5241		using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they
5242		were also in $=w.  Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of
5243		Softec.
5244	MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX.  Based
5245		on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
5246	MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP.  From Patrick Nolan
5247		of Stanford via Robert La Ferla.
5248
52498.8.0/8.8.0	1996/09/26
5250	Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly
5251		deleted.  Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision.
5252	Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full
5253		pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working.  I was
5254		urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia).
5255	Fix small buffer overflow.  Since the data in this buffer was not
5256		read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact
5257		probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers).  Pointed
5258		out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University.
5259	Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored
5260		if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file
5261		-- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original
5262		host was accessible.  Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of
5263		NSC (Japan).
5264	A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not
5265		have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue,
5266		causing SMTP to hang.  Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5267	The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was
5268		incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the
5269		semantics of binding on a passive socket.  Patch from
5270		NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute.
5271	Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better
5272		handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which
5273		has 13 at the moment (and climbing).  In order to avoid
5274		trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been
5275		slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means
5276		that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size
5277		of those records could not exceed 128 bytes.  Requested by
5278		Brad Knowles of America On Line.
5279	Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER".
5280		Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley.
5281	Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging
5282		printout.
5283	Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output.
5284	Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between
5285		square braces.
5286	Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver();
5287		this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems
5288		to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!).
5289	DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs;
5290		this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost.  Problem
5291		pointed out by Claus Assmann of the
5292		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5293	The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in
5294		some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure)
5295		would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were
5296		concerned.  Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
5297	Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in
5298		the initial run.  Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of
5299		Dandelion Digital.
5300	Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting
5301		results that may come from NIS and DNS.
5302	4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't
5303		include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few
5304		things like /var/tmp.  Reported by Matthew Green.
5305	Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all
5306		values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent,
5307		which was interpreted as normal.  Patch from Bryan Costales.
5308	The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps
5309		since 8.7.2.  Fix from Bryan Costales.
5310	Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as
5311		Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded
5312		as base64).  The class can have primary types (e.g., "text")
5313		or full types (e.g., "text/plain").  Based on a suggestion by
5314		Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland.
5315	Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN
5316		dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers.
5317	Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the
5318		BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in
5319		mailers.
5320	Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q
5321		flag is set in the mailer descriptor.  Suggested by John
5322		Myers of CMU.
5323	Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host.
5324		The command takes a host name; data for that host is
5325		immediately (and asynchronously) flushed.  Because this shares
5326		the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but
5327		there should be no security implications.  Implementation
5328		from John Beck of InReference, Inc.  See RFC 1985 for details.
5329	Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid
5330		(equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret
5331		(equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify
5332		(equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command).  Note
5333		that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way
5334		to specify per-address notifications on the command line,
5335		nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address
5336		parameter.
5337	Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased);
5338		apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7
5339		and made it unsafe.  Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the
5340		University of Maryland.
5341	New logging on log level 15:  all SMTP traffic.  Patches from
5342		Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center.
5343	NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found
5344		a match.  This was causing the wrong values to be found (and
5345		had a memory leak).  Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin.
5346	Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups.  It was pointed
5347		out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't
5348		use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since
5349		that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient
5350		address used for delivery.  The simple fix (stripping off the
5351		brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal
5352		addresses.  This flag will solve that problem.
5353	Add MustQuoteChars option.  This is a list of characters that must
5354		be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address
5355		(that is, the full name part).  The characters @,;:\()[] are
5356		always in this list and cannot be removed.  The default is
5357		this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822.
5358	Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands
5359		that do not include a host name for back compatibility with
5360		some stupid SMTP clients.  Setting this violates RFC 1123
5361		section 5.2.5.
5362	Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start
5363		rejecting connections if it has more than this many
5364		outstanding children accepting mail.  Note that you may
5365		see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this
5366		is for incoming connections only.
5367	Add ConnectionRateThrottle option.  If set to a positive value, the
5368		number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted
5369		in a single second is limited to this number.  Connections are
5370		not refused during this time, just deferred.  The intent is to
5371		flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in.
5372		It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop
5373		accepting connections even if all the connections are idle
5374		(e.g., due to connection caching).
5375	Add Timeout.hoststatus option.  This interval (defaulting to 30m)
5376		specifies how long cached information about the state of a
5377		host will be kept before they are considered stale and the
5378		host is retried.  If you are using persistent host status
5379		(i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply
5380		between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue
5381		run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues
5382		that take a very long time to run.
5383	Add SingleLineFromHeader option.  If set, From: headers are coerced
5384		into being a single line even if they had newlines in them
5385		when read.  This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes.
5386	Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last
5387		item in a table it would be truncated.  Problem noted by
5388		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5389	Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when
5390		-v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information
5391		to be displayed.  Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5392	Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously
5393		this was treated as end-of-input.  Problem noted by Bryan
5394		Costales.
5395	The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written
5396		to the queue file.  Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic
5397		Technologies, Inc.
5398	Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise
5399		if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays.
5400		Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T.
5401	If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple
5402		values for a given key, the database cursor would get
5403		trashed by the recursive call.  Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi
5404		of Georgia Tech.  Fixed by reading all the values and creating
5405		a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat
5406		different for this case.
5407	Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when
5408		HES_GETMAILHOST is defined.  Based on a patch by Betty Lee
5409		of Stanford University.
5410	When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and
5411		there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of
5412		the owners would get the message.  Problem pointed out by
5413		Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5414	Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined
5415		in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X.  Problem
5416		noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar.
5417	When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in
5418		some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines.  Fix from
5419		Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5420	When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun
5421		failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice
5422		that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned.  Noted
5423		by Casper Dik of Sun Holland.
5424	Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that
5425		have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an
5426		error return of -1 doesn't work.  Use INADDR_NONE instead.
5427		This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce
5428		or get dropped.  Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the
5429		Pasteur Institute.
5430	DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase
5431		rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but
5432		the detailed status information would be wrong.  Problem noted
5433		by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company.
5434	Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating
5435		that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission.  The flag current
5436		does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using
5437		these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS
5438		canonification.
5439	Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines)
5440		to \r\n on SMTP mailers.  Default remains \n on non-SMTP
5441		mailers.
5442	Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers
5443		to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't
5444		misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line
5445		termination.  This will affect anyone who has redefined
5446		either of these in their configuration file.
5447	Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query;
5448		responses can be newline terminated.  From Terry Kennedy of
5449		St. Peter's College.
5450	Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have
5451		$#mailer with nothing following.  From Bryan Costales.
5452	Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue.
5453		Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University.
5454	Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros.  Fix
5455		from Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5456	After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before
5457		processing each one.  This avoids a certain form of denial
5458		of service attack.  Potential attack pointed out by Bryan
5459		Costales.
5460	Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity
5461		checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and
5462		check_rcpt for RCPT commands.  These rulesets can do anything
5463		they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the
5464		$#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed
5465		and the command is rejected.  Similarly, the check_compat
5466		ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr"
5467		(the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses);
5468		it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient"
5469		notification.  Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone
5470		in rulesets.
5471	Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port}
5472		that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively)
5473		of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of
5474		the connection.  These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to
5475		verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your
5476		host inappropriately.  Be sure to use the deferred evaluation
5477		form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound
5478		when sendmail reads the configuration file.
5479	Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection
5480		information.  Like check_compat, it is passed the host name
5481		and host address separated by $| and can reject connections
5482		on that basis.
5483	Allow IDA-style recursive function calls.  Code contributed by Mark
5484		Lovell and Paul Vixie.
5485	Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create
5486		a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k
5487		macro.  Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul
5488		Vixie.
5489	Add Stanford LDAP map.  Requires special libraries that are not
5490		included with sendmail.  Contributed by Booker C. Bense
5491		<bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support.
5492		See also the src/READ_ME file.
5493	Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this
5494		puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video.  Really useful
5495		only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to
5496		distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the
5497		two characters $, +.
5498	Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset,
5499		debug_dumpstate.
5500	Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include:
5501		files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that
5502		is, programs and files referenced from such files are not
5503		valid recipients.
5504	Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a
5505		name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal.  Problem
5506		noted by Tom May.
5507	Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate
5508		permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a
5509		single message it could be confusing.  Suggested by John
5510		Beck of InReference, Inc.
5511	The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated
5512		with CRLF.  Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure
5513		Computing Corporation.
5514	Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in
5515		message headers.  Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best
5516		Internet Communications.
5517	Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are
5518		used internally, very strange errors can occur if those
5519		characters appear in headers.  Problem noted by Anders Gertz
5520		of Lysator.
5521	Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions.  This only takes place if the
5522		recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on
5523		text/plain body types.  Code contributed by Marius Olafsson
5524		of the University of Iceland.
5525	Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower
5526		case in alias files regardless of configuration settings;
5527		this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or
5528		"POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster".  In most cases
5529		this change is a no-op.
5530	The -o map flag was ignored for text maps.  Problem noted by Bryan
5531		Costales.
5532	The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps.  Problem noted by
5533		Bryan Costales.
5534	Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no
5535		response.  Patch from Bryan Costales.
5536	Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections
5537		on LogLevel 14.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5538	Include port number in process title for network daemons.  Suggested
5539		by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5540	Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error
5541		message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress
5542		option (default: postmaster).  Previously they were always
5543		sent to postmaster.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5544	Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that
5545		it runs in foreground.  This is useful for using with a
5546		wrapper that "watches" system services.  Suggested by Kyle
5547		Jones of UUNET.
5548	Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses
5549		when the comment comes before the address.  Patch from
5550		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
5551	Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages
5552		that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned
5553		mail".  This permits the person who is postmaster more
5554		easily determine what messages are to their role as
5555		postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent.  Based
5556		on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura.
5557	Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue
5558		to be sorted strictly by the time of submission.  Note that
5559		this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because
5560		large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with
5561		heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that
5562		are down delay processing of new jobs).  Also, this does not
5563		guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order
5564		unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue.  In general, it should
5565		probably only be used on the command line, and only in
5566		conjunction with -qRhost.domain.  In fact, there are very few
5567		cases where it should be used at all.  Based on an
5568		implementation by Motonori Nakamura.
5569	If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in
5570		the same manner as other rulesets.  Previously a temporary
5571		failure in ruleset 5 was ignored.  Patch from Booker Bense
5572		of Stanford University.
5573	Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a
5574		5yz (permanent failure) code.  The next MX host will still be
5575		tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place
5576		or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code.
5577		(It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor
5578		RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.)
5579		Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc.
5580	Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file).
5581		This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g.,
5582		name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the
5583		message.  This should only be used if your configuration file
5584		is prepared to do something sensible in this case.  Based on
5585		an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
5586	Fix problem finding network interface addresses.  Patch from
5587		Motonori Nakamura.
5588	Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if
5589		you are not running set-user-ID; this makes management of
5590		certain kinds of firewall setups difficult.  Patch
5591		suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm.
5592	Add persistent host status.  This keeps the information normally
5593		maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are
5594		shared between sendmail instances.  The HostStatusDirectory
5595		is the directory in which the information is maintained.  If
5596		not set, persistent host status is turned off.  If not a full
5597		pathname, it is relative to the queue directory.  A common
5598		value is ".hoststat".
5599		There are also two new operation modes:
5600		  * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent
5601		    connections.
5602		  * -bH purges the host statuses.  No attempt is made to save
5603		    recent status information.
5604		This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie
5605		Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of
5606		Bigrock Consulting.  Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience
5607		with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8
5608		framework is gratefully appreciated.
5609	New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to
5610		operate).  Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine
5611		open connections to the same remote host at the same time.
5612		This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to
5613		be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge
5614		message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small
5615		messages).  Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the
5616		lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce
5617		ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process
5618		file descriptors.  Based on the persistent host status code
5619		contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell.
5620	Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the
5621		SafeFileEnvironment option is set.  Problem noted by Bryan
5622		Costales.
5623	The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue
5624		file.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
5625	If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from
5626		the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be
5627		left around; these would collect in the queue directory.
5628		Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
5629	Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles
5630		based on release number.  For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will
5631		search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then
5632		Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g.,
5633		adding $arch).  Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta
5634		Webmasters.
5635	When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower
5636		case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on
5637		the map itself.  Previously this was done based on the F=u
5638		flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases
5639		that you could never access.  Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC.
5640	When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on
5641		failure or delay were always set.  This caused those
5642		notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been
5643		specified.  Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University
5644		of Washington, Seattle.
5645	Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c).  This
5646		lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from
5647		this host.  If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return
5648		"550 Access denied".  -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for
5649		TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line.
5650		(See src/READ_ME for details.)
5651	Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster
5652		bounces.  Some people seemed to think that this could be
5653		confusing (even though it is true).  Suggested by Motonori
5654		Nakamura.
5655	Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that
5656		user early in processing to avoid potential security problems.
5657		However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must
5658		be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be
5659		writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that
5660		user.  It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment
5661		option.  In other words, it may not actually add much to
5662		security.  However, it should be useful on firewalls and other
5663		places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is
5664		well constrained.
5665	Add Timeout.iconnect.  This is like Timeout.connect except it is used
5666		only on the first attempt to delivery to an address.  It could
5667		be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that
5668		the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less
5669		responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run.
5670	Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs
5671		(such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected
5672		to a UDP port.  It also created some signal handling problems.
5673		The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2)
5674		and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+.  I am
5675		indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix.
5676	Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery
5677		will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup.  This adds
5678		fuzzy matching to the user map.  Patch from Dan Oscarsson.
5679	The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a
5680		denial-of-service attack.  Problem noted by Christophe
5681		Wolfhugel.
5682	Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed"
5683		notification.  Suggested by Barry Bouwsma.
5684	Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy
5685		option is set, since this disables VERB mode.  Suggested
5686		by John Hawkinson of MIT.
5687	Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set.  Problem noted
5688		by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
5689	Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there
5690		were no successful opens.  The previous behavior caused it
5691		to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found.  Problem
5692		noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems
5693		and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore.
5694	Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that
5695		is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion;
5696		the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop.
5697		Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington.
5698	Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value
5699		instead of 0644.  Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the
5700		National University of Singapore.
5701	Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery.  This helps
5702		detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the
5703		system can't cope with.
5704	PORTABILITY FIXES:
5705		Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western
5706			Atlas International.
5707		Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell
5708			<bicknell@ufp.org>.
5709		On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only
5710			work on the first recipient of a message due to a
5711			bug in the getpwent family.  If this is something you
5712			use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a
5713			workaround.  From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C.
5714			Bernstein and Associates.
5715		FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing
5716			parentheses, which breaks makesendmail.  Reported
5717			by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>.
5718		Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of
5719			Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
5720		Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because
5721			it is system-dependent.  Problem noted by J.J. Bailey
5722			of Bailey Computer Consulting.
5723		Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of
5724			Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
5725		HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the
5726			U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited.
5727		NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew.
5728		SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
5729		IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of
5730			Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
5731			Institute.
5732		UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R.
5733			Lopez, CICA (Seville).
5734		NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR.
5735		PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor
5736			Employment Standards Administration.
5737		Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents.
5738		Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster
5739			Jr.
5740		NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases)
5741			from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting.
5742		ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler)
5743			from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
5744		Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand.
5745		NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla.
5746		NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT.
5747		Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis
5748			of the University of Arizona.
5749		Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid.  Noted by David Linn of
5750			Vanderbilt University.
5751		Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh.
5752			Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist;
5753			this auto-detects.  Based on a patch from Randall
5754			Winchester of the University of Maryland.
5755	CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file.  Contributed by
5756		Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
5757	CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message''
5758		(where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously
5759		worked only on hosts).  Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all
5760		Foundation.
5761	CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals.
5762	CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that
5763		if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this
5764		should be transparent for most everyone.  Suggested by John
5765		Myers of CMU.
5766	CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade).  Without this feature, any
5767		domain listed in $=w is masqueraded.  With it, only those
5768		domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded.
5769	CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain).  This causes
5770		masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all
5771		hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers
5772		themselves.  For example, if a configuration had
5773		MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only
5774		foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be
5775		masqueraded as well.  Based on an implementation by Richard
5776		(Pug) Bainter of U. Texas.
5777	CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of
5778		outgoing addresses.  Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''.
5779		Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses.  Yes,
5780		this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out
5781		just when to use which one may be tricky.  Based on code
5782		contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates
5783		from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5784	CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of
5785		incoming addresses.  Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''.
5786		Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host
5787		part (with the @ sign).  For example, a table containing:
5788			info@foo.com	foo-info
5789			info@bar.com	bar-info
5790			@baz.org	jane@elsewhere.net
5791		would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info
5792		(which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com
5793		to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will
5794		be sent to jane@elsewhere.net.  The names foo.com, bar.com,
5795		and baz.org must all be in $=w.  Based on discussions with
5796		a great many people.
5797	CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS.
5798		Suggested by Richard Bainter.
5799	CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the
5800		"fax" mailer.
5801	CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this
5802		passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local
5803		mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do
5804		additional clever processing.  From Joe Pruett of
5805		Teleport Corporation.  Delivery to the original user can
5806		be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon).
5807	CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take
5808		"mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user;
5809		"local:user" can also be used to do local delivery.  This
5810		applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries.  Based
5811		on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet.
5812	CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that
5813		limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS
5814		lookups required to support this feature.  For example,
5815		FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups
5816		to domains under my.site.com.  Code contributed by Anthony
5817		Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>.
5818	CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets,
5819		such as the check_rcpt ruleset.  Suggested by Gregory Shapiro
5820		of WPI.
5821	CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the
5822		event you have to define local mailers.  Suggested by
5823		Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
5824	CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could
5825		be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax.  Based on a patch by
5826		Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>.
5827	CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is
5828		remotely connected.  The address host!user was being
5829		converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay.
5830		Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
5831	CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect.
5832	CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to
5833		"User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the
5834		new address is still on the local host.  Based on a suggestion
5835		by Andreas Luik.
5836	CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users).
5837		However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root.
5838		Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5839	CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe
5840		Wolfhugel.
5841	CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm.
5842	MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris.  Note
5843		well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no
5844		Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are
5845		different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660),
5846		and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them
5847		match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer.  Patches from Paul
5848		Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network.
5849	MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there
5850		was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file
5851		was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and
5852		the open.  Problem reported by William Colburn of the New
5853		Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology.
5854	MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably.  Patch from Bryan
5855		Costales.
5856	MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
5857	MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't
5858		honored.  Fix from Michael Scott Shappe.
5859	PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
5860	NEW FILES:
5861		src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2
5862		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2
5863		src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion
5864		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x
5865		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x
5866		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20
5867		mailstats/mailstats.8
5868		praliases/praliases.8
5869		cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc
5870		cf/feature/genericstable.m4
5871		cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4
5872		cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4
5873		cf/feature/virtusertable.m4
5874		cf/ostype/aix2.m4
5875		cf/ostype/altos.m4
5876		cf/ostype/maxion.m4
5877		cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4
5878		cf/ostype/uxpds.m4
5879		contrib/re-mqueue.pl
5880	DELETED FILES:
5881		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris
5882		contrib/xla/README
5883		contrib/xla/xla.c
5884	RENAMED FILES:
5885		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 =>	Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x
5886		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 =>	Makefile.SCO.4.2
5887		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS =>		Makefile.UXPDSV10
5888		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT =>		Makefile.NeXT.2.x
5889		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP =>	Makefile.NeXT.3.x
5890
58918.7.6/8.7.3	1996/09/17
5892	SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the
5893		queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs
5894		as the default user.  This is not exploitable from off-site.
5895		Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser
5896		(old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell.
5897	SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows
5898		a local user to get root.  This is not known to be exploitable
5899		from off-site.  The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands.
5900
59018.7.5/8.7.3	1996/03/04
5902	Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can
5903		in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have
5904		extra spaces in odd places.  Patch from Eric Wassenaar;
5905		reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen
5906		Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired,
5907		and others.
5908
59098.7.4/8.7.3	1996/02/18
5910	SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
5911		insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
5912		any user (except root).
5913	CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
5914		version number is unchanged.
5915
59168.7.3/8.7.3	1995/12/03
5917	Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused
5918		two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly.  Fix
5919		from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5920	Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause
5921		negative array subscripting.  Not a security problem since
5922		this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused
5923		core dumps.  Pointed out by Bryan Costales.
5924	Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names.  Pointed out by Bryan
5925		Costales.
5926	PORTABILITY FIXES:
5927		SCO doesn't have ftruncate.  From Bill Aten of Computerizers.
5928		IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte
5929			order.  Tweak it to work properly.  Based on fixes
5930			from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of
5931			Stanford University.
5932	CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option.
5933		Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
5934
59358.7.2/8.7.2	1995/11/19
5936	REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage,
5937		OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options.  They were not
5938		properly repaired in 8.7.1.
5939	Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other
5940		valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the
5941		last being a historic botch, of course).  If Bcc: is the
5942		only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed,
5943		but the header name is kept.  The old behavior (always keep
5944		the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients
5945		to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_.
5946	Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set
5947		sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages.  Suggested
5948		by Kari Hurtta.
5949	If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then
5950		continues on to another map type, but the name is not found,
5951		return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map.
5952		For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails
5953		with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files,
5954		but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not
5955		a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the
5956		failure in the hosts.files map.  This error caused hard
5957		bounces when it should have requeued.
5958	Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo
5959		owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-ID bar stopped
5960		working properly due to excessive paranoia.  Pointed out by
5961		John Hawkinson of Panix.
5962	An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver
5963		timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and
5964		queued it locally).  Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order
5965		to simplify queue management for clustered systems.  Suggested
5966		by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.  The same problem could break
5967		MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk
5968		-- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of
5969		Infobiogen.
5970	Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring().  This was not a security
5971		problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this
5972		without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a
5973		good idea to avoid future problems.  Problem noted by John
5974		Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT.
5975	``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being
5976		printed.  Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft.
5977	Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option
5978		is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs
5979		created.  Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
5980	Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to
5981		be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher.  Suggested
5982		by Randy Martin of Clemson University.
5983	Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and
5984		underscores.
5985	Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an
5986		alias.  Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley
5987		of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
5988	If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that
5989		is returned could show some extraneous "success" information
5990		included even if the user did not request success notification,
5991		which was confusing.  Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
5992	Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to
5993		using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient
5994		configurations.  Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of
5995		having no local alias file unless it is declared.  Problem
5996		noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University.
5997	Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined.  Pointed out by Bryan
5998		Costales of ICSI.
5999	Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they
6000		should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps.  Pointed
6001		out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>.
6002	Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5
6003		even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the
6004		address with an "@".  Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan
6005		Technological University.
6006	When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with
6007		dots alone on a line by themselves.  This is because of the
6008		preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong.
6009		Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6010	Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing.  Pointed
6011		out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway).
6012	Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode).
6013		Requested by Allan Johannesen.
6014	Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal
6015		to have the database format of the alias files without the
6016		text version.  Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist,
6017		Inc.
6018	If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly
6019		imported from the environment.  Pointed out by Frank Crawford
6020		<frank@ansto.gov.au>.
6021	Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have
6022		extra arguments.  Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford
6023		University.
6024	Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only
6025		the parent should do this.  Fix from Brian Coan of the
6026		Association for Progressive Communications.
6027	If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run
6028		during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was
6029		reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that
6030		didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning
6031		even though it was fatal).  The fix is to not return such
6032		messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next
6033		MinQueueAge interval.  Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of
6034		SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
6035	Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions
6036		that have the hes_getmailhost() routine.  DEC Hesiod
6037		distributions do not have this routine.  Based on a patch
6038		from Betty Lee of Stanford University.
6039	Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition
6040		in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most
6041		non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures.  This should solve the
6042		occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that
6043		has plagued me for quite some time.  Based on a patch from
6044		Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University.
6045	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6046		Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from
6047			/usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings.  From
6048			James B. Davis of TCI.
6049		DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm.  From
6050			Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
6051		HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x
6052			so that the makesendmail script will find it.  Pointed
6053			out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland.
6054			Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which
6055			isn't supported on all compilers.
6056		UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez.
6057	CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless
6058		you also had a FAX_RELAY.  From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE.
6059	CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name
6060		didn't have trailing dot.  From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne.
6061	CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as
6062		user%host@thishost.  From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen
6063		(France).
6064	CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file.
6065		Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications.
6066	CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files,
6067		such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local).  Based on
6068		a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing.
6069	CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that
6070		have already been set.  Previously it worked differently
6071		for different files.
6072	CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did.  My take
6073		is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems
6074		for some people.  From Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6075	CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>;
6076		portability changes for Posix environments (no functional
6077		changes).
6078
60798.7.1/8.7.1	1995/10/01
6080	Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage,
6081		OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash
6082		escapes in the options, where they previously had.  Bug
6083		pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT.
6084	Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that
6085		returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this
6086		would give contradictory results in the higher level; in
6087		particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be
6088		ignored.  Change to ignore the value if the program returns
6089		non-zero exit status.  From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
6090	Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a
6091		bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine.  Although
6092		this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution
6093		has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size
6094		internally (I know some vendors have shortened this
6095		dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular
6096		target.  Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf.
6097		These both have possible security implications.  Solutions
6098		suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group
6099		(Holland), Mark Seiden, and others.
6100	Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type)
6101		parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined
6102		results.  This could have security implications.
6103	If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace()
6104		routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero.
6105		Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec.
6106	Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always
6107		sort first within a given preference.  This forces the bestmx
6108		map to always return the local host first, if it is included
6109		in the list of highest priority MX records.  From K. Robert
6110		Elz.
6111	Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences.  Fixes from Randy
6112		Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU>
6113	When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified
6114		domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map
6115		(e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"),
6116		sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really
6117		really needs.  This has been changed to fall through to the
6118		next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts
6119		file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the
6120		short name was found in /etc/hosts.  This is probably a crock,
6121		but many people have hosts files without FQDNs.  Remember:
6122		domain names are your friends.
6123	Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup.
6124		Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited.
6125	When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting.
6126		Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc.
6127	Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP
6128		connection timeout in the kernel.  Add a new "connect" timeout
6129		to limit this time.  Defaults to zero (use whatever the
6130		kernel provides).  Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd
6131		of TerraNet.
6132	Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly
6133		removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages.
6134		(This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.)
6135		Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro
6136		of WPI.
6137	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6138		On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting
6139			of sendmail.st location.  Change the Makefile to
6140			install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE
6141			file and SGI standards.  From Andre
6142			<andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>.
6143		Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series)
6144			from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>.
6145		Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc.
6146		LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura.
6147		SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old
6148			dbm library.  The ndbm library is part of libc.
6149	CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with
6150		``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration.
6151		Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6152	CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations --
6153		since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during
6154		rebuild.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6155	CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because
6156		otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is
6157		the sender.  Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of
6158		Infobiogen (France).
6159	NEW FILES:
6160		cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
6161		src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
6162		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS
6163
61648.7/8.7		1995/09/16
6165	Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file
6166		descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a
6167		vfork.  Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for
6168		Global Communications.
6169	Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some
6170		people seemed to think that it was too rude.
6171	Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK
6172		was not defined.  This was used "safely" in the sense
6173		that it only did a stat, but it would have set the
6174		map modification time improperly.  Problem pointed out
6175		by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6176	Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return
6177		receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this
6178		can be confusing.
6179	Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is
6180		useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d".
6181	Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias
6182		file on systems with no database method compiled in.
6183	If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it
6184		up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts
6185		compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and
6186		RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally.
6187		Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of
6188		Maryland.
6189	Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP.
6190		There is nothing that says you can't have a long
6191		running program piped into sendmail (possibly via
6192		/bin/mail, which just execs sendmail).  Problem reported
6193		by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems.
6194	Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I
6195		is not set.  This allows you to have hosts listed in
6196		NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS.  It's normally
6197		a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines.  This
6198		should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose.
6199	Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function
6200		prototypes.  From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
6201	Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused
6202		by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using
6203		$[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate
6204		times.  From Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6205	SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying
6206		the alias database file by setting resource limits low.
6207		This involves adding two new compile-time options:
6208		HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is
6209		available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support
6210		is available -- the Release 3 form is used).  The former
6211		is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System
6212		V-based systems.  Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of
6213		Swarthmore University.
6214	New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode:
6215		``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value".
6216		``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c".
6217		``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated
6218			ruleset.
6219		``=M'' will display the known mailers.
6220		``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line
6221			-d debug flag.
6222		``$m'' will print the value of macro $m.
6223		``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c.
6224		``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''.
6225		``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of
6226			crackaddr (essentially, the comment information)
6227			and the parsed address.
6228		``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form
6229			it will have when presented to the indicated mailer.
6230		``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing.  The
6231			flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope,
6232			and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient.  These
6233			can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header
6234			recipients.
6235		``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and
6236			return the result.
6237		``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated
6238			`mapname' and return the result.
6239	Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it
6240		should show the pathname rather than hex bytes.
6241	Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses
6242		the header for envelope sender information and uses
6243		CR-LF as message terminators.  It was thought to be
6244		obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it
6245		turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require
6246		that functionality.
6247	Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname
6248		return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify
6249		that name fails, wait one minute and try again.  This can
6250		result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system
6251		hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names
6252		listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot.
6253	Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per
6254		RFC 1123 section 5.2.5.  Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III
6255		of Michigan Technological University.
6256	Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you
6257		can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is,
6258		if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that
6259		chown is not safe.  The new version falls back to whether
6260		you are on a BSD system or not.  This is important for
6261		SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those
6262		error codes.  This impacts whether you can mail to files
6263		or not.
6264	Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration
6265		file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the
6266		syntax error in the config file.  Change to always print
6267		the error message.  It was especially weird because it
6268		would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster
6269		for every message sent (but with no transcript).  Problem
6270		noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola.
6271	Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including
6272		zero bytes.  These changes are internally extensive, but
6273		should have minimal impact on external function.
6274	Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is
6275		(apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g.,
6276			O MatchGECOS=TRUE
6277		The full list of old and new names is as follows:
6278			7	SevenBitInput
6279			8	EightBitMode
6280			A	AliasFile
6281			a	AliasWait
6282			B	BlankSub
6283			b	MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize
6284			C	CheckpointInterval
6285			c	HoldExpensive
6286			D	AutoRebuildAliases
6287			d	DeliveryMode
6288			E	ErrorHeader
6289			e	ErrorMode
6290			f	SaveFromLine
6291			F	TempFileMode
6292			G	MatchGECOS
6293			H	HelpFile
6294			h	MaxHopCount
6295			i	IgnoreDots
6296			I	ResolverOptions
6297			J	ForwardPath
6298			j	SendMimeErrors
6299			k	ConnectionCacheSize
6300			K	ConnectionCacheTimeout
6301			L	LogLevel
6302			l	UseErrorsTo
6303			m	MeToo
6304			n	CheckAliases
6305			O	DaemonPortOptions
6306			o	OldStyleHeaders
6307			P	PostmasterCopy
6308			p	PrivacyOptions
6309			Q	QueueDirectory
6310			q	QueueFactor
6311			R	DontPruneRoutes
6312			r, T	Timeout
6313			S	StatusFile
6314			s	SuperSafe
6315			t	TimeZoneSpec
6316			u	DefaultUser
6317			U	UserDatabaseSpec
6318			V	FallbackMXHost
6319			v	Verbose
6320			w	TryNullMXList
6321			x	QueueLA
6322			X	RefuseLA
6323			Y	ForkEachJob
6324			y	RecipientFactor
6325			z	ClassFactor
6326			Z	RetryFactor
6327		The old macros that passed information into sendmail have
6328		been changed to options; those correspondences are:
6329			$e	SmtpGreetingMessage
6330			$l	UnixFromLine
6331			$o	OperatorChars
6332			$q	(deleted -- not necessary)
6333		To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail,
6334		configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of
6335		sendmail; any config file using the new names should
6336		specify "V6" in the configuration.
6337	Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a
6338		colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same
6339		as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should
6340		treat them as comments).  This is to handle the
6341		``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will
6342		assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first
6343		address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address).
6344		This requires config file support to get right.  It does
6345		understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned
6346		off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option.
6347	Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags:
6348		    A	Addresses are aliasable.
6349		    i	Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header
6350			sender lines.  Applies to the from address mailer
6351			flags rather than the recipient mailer flags.
6352		    j	Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses.
6353			Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the
6354			recipient mailer flags.
6355		    k	Disable check for loops when doing HELO command.
6356		    o	Always run as the mail recipient, even on local
6357			delivery.
6358		    w	Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user.
6359		    5	Pass addresses through ruleset 5.
6360		    :	Check for :include: on this address.
6361		    |	Check for |program on this address.
6362		    /	Check for /file on this address.
6363		    @	Look up sender header addresses in the user
6364			database.  Applies to the mailer flags for the
6365			mailer corresponding to the envelope sender
6366			address, rather than to recipient mailer flags.
6367		Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @
6368		on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*"
6369		mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option.
6370	Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions.  This borrows ideas from
6371		John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed
6372		their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see
6373		mime.c for an explanation of why).  This adds the
6374		EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag
6375		to control handling of 8-bit data.  These have to cope with
6376		two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is,
6377		8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit
6378		MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the
6379		specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared
6380		as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the
6381		-B8BITMIME command line flag).  If the F=8 mailer flag is
6382		set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines
6383		instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using
6384		just-send-8 semantics).  The values for EightBitMode are:
6385		    m	convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do
6386			any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT
6387			(essentially, the full MIME option).
6388		    p	pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled
6389			8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default).
6390		    s	strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input,
6391			convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required.  The F=8
6392			flag is ignored.
6393		Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of
6394			the setting of F=8.
6395	Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types
6396		which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other
6397		considerations.  Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are
6398		never directly encoded (although their components can be).
6399	Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the
6400		MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though
6401		they are an RFC822 message.  It is predefined to have
6402		"rfc822".  Suggested By Kari Hurtta.
6403	Add new internal class 'e'.  This is the set of MIME
6404		Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to
6405		a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64).  It is
6406		preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary".
6407	Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no
6408		short name) to set the default character set to use in the
6409		Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message
6410		which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format.  If the C=
6411		parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as
6412		the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option.
6413		If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as
6414		suggested by RFC 1428 section 3.
6415	Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default
6416		user and group that a mailer will be executed as.  This
6417		overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is
6418		also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that
6419		is, the controlling address is ignored).  The values may be
6420		numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no
6421		group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used
6422		as the group.  Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of
6423		Unicom.
6424	Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same
6425		fashion as the U= mailer option.
6426	Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as
6427		a comment).  This adds a new compile-time configuration
6428		flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value
6429		of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value
6430		of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char
6431		*tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use
6432		timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment).  Code
6433		from Chip Rosenthal.
6434	The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions.
6435		For example,
6436		    O Timeout.helo = 2m
6437		There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and
6438		"queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option.  Thus, to
6439		set them both the preferred new syntax is
6440		    O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d
6441		    O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h
6442	Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the
6443		QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to
6444		``host''.  This makes better use of the connection cache,
6445		but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large
6446		backlogs under some circumstances.  This is probably a
6447		good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots
6448		of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using
6449		something like PPP on a 14.4 modem.  Based on code
6450		contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main
6451		contribution was to make it configurable).
6452	Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue
6453		after disastrous disk crash.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of
6454		UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written
6455		by Paul Vixie.  NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7
6456		are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert
6457		from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction.
6458	Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in
6459		route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases
6460		they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as
6461		I/O redirection.
6462	Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this
6463		can be confusing.
6464	Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or
6465		*-request addresses.  Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel
6466		of the Institut Pasteur, Paris.
6467	Allow -O command line flag to set long form options.
6468	Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts
6469		to run the queue.  For example, if the queue interval
6470		(-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age
6471		is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than
6472		once every fifteen minutes.  This can be used to give
6473		you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to
6474		queue-only.
6475	Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening
6476		:include: and .forward files.
6477	Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the
6478		key field name, the value field name, and the field
6479		delimiter.  The field delimiter can be a single character
6480		or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline.
6481		These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods.
6482	Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag
6483		turns off this behavior.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
6484	Add "nisplus" map class.  Takes -k and -v flags to choose the
6485		key and value field names respectively.  Code donated by
6486		Sun Microsystems.
6487	Add "hesiod" map class.  The "file name" is used as the
6488		"HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3).  Returns the
6489		first value found for the match.  Code donated by Scott
6490		Hutton of Indiana University.
6491	Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class.  Maps can have a -k flag to
6492		specify the name of the property that is searched as the
6493		key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that
6494		is returned as the value (defaults to "members").  The
6495		default map is "/aliases".  Some code based on code
6496		contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
6497	Add "text" map class.  This does slow, linear searches through
6498		text files.  The -z flag specifies a column delimiter
6499		(defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag
6500		sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the
6501		value column number.  Lines beginning with `#' are treated
6502		as comments.
6503	Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs.  The search
6504		key is presented as the last argument; the output is one
6505		line read from the programs standard output.  Exit statuses
6506		are from sysexits.h.
6507	Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it
6508		finds a match.  For example, the declarations:
6509		    Kmap1 ...
6510		    Kmap2 ...
6511		    Kmapseq sequence map1 map2
6512		defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the
6513		value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise
6514		map2 is searched and the value returned.
6515	Add "switch" map class.  This is much like "sequence" except that
6516		the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually
6517		the system service switch.  The parameter is the name of
6518		the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use
6519		are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type".
6520		For example, if the declaration of the map is
6521		    Ksample switch hosts
6522		and the system service switch specifies that hosts are
6523		looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is
6524		equivalent to
6525		    Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis
6526		The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined.
6527	Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam.  Takes a
6528		"-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd
6529		entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid,
6530		gecos, dir, and shell.  Generally expected to be used with
6531		the -m (matchonly) flag.
6532	Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host
6533		listed as the value.  If there are several "best" MX records
6534		for this host, one will be chosen at random.
6535	Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database.
6536		The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used,
6537		typically "mailname".  If there are multiple entries
6538		matching the name, the one chosen is undefined.
6539	Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning).  These are
6540		set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of
6541		three values.  If a Priority: is set and has value "normal",
6542		"urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are
6543		used.  If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted;
6544		if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than
6545		zero, urgent timeouts are used.  Otherwise, normal timeouts
6546		are used.  The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts
6547		queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}.
6548	Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer
6549		with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP,
6550		but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded.
6551		This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead
6552		of queueing it (queueing is very hard).
6553	When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that
6554		the first name in the list is the best one -- instead,
6555		search for the first one with a dot.  For example, if
6556		an /etc/hosts entry reads
6557		    128.32.149.68	mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU
6558		this change will use the second name as the canonical
6559		machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name.
6560	Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value
6561		indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition.
6562		For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change
6563		"Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it
6564		quoted (because of the space character).  Suggested by Dan
6565		Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses.
6566	Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can
6567		be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}.
6568		Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''.  Names that have
6569		a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are
6570		reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files
6571		should use names that begin with a capital letter.  Based
6572		on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson.
6573	Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed
6574		to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list
6575		with no members).  Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
6576	Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc
6577		failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called
6578		xalloc....  The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages.
6579		Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University.
6580	Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even
6581		checked if you were delivering to anything other than an
6582		IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail
6583		deliveries could cause cached connections to be open
6584		much longer than the specified timeout.
6585	If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop
6586		writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since
6587		this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible
6588		denial-of-service attack.
6589	Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is
6590		defined.  It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric
6591		user names.  Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
6592	Add service switch support.  If the local OS has a service
6593		switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf
6594		on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back
6595		to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile
6596		option (default: /etc/service.switch).  For example, if the
6597		service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases
6598		service, that will be the default lookup order.  the "files"
6599		("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files
6600		you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't
6601		actually file lookups.
6602	Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer"
6603		variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered
6604		canonical.  This is now determined based on whether or not
6605		"dns" is in the service list for "hosts".
6606	Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery
6607		Status Notifications).  DSN notifications override
6608		Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow --
6609		support for them has been removed.
6610	Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer
6611		definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for
6612		MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively.
6613	Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the
6614		five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting
6615		message (not just the second line).  This is to provide
6616		better compatibility with other ESMTP servers.
6617	Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can
6618		easily see how much progress you have made.  Suggested
6619		by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
6620	Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of
6621		syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines.
6622		Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas.
6623	Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into
6624		multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this
6625		also improves the connection cache utilization.
6626	Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for
6627		the purposes of refusing to send error returns.  Suggested
6628		by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University.
6629	Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from
6630		the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the
6631		real uid/gid.  This allows you to create a file owned by
6632		and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work
6633		all the time (without having the set-user-ID bit set).  Change
6634		suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun
6635		Microsystems.
6636	Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra"
6637		delay for dial on demand systems.  If this is non-zero
6638		and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and
6639		then try again.  If it takes longer than the kernel
6640		timeout interval to establish the connection, this
6641		option can give the network software time to establish
6642		the link.  The default units are seconds.
6643	Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible;
6644		previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail
6645		sent to aliases.  Suggested by Brad Knowles of the
6646		Defense Information Systems Agency.
6647	Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by
6648		BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told.  From Douglas Anderson of
6649		the National Computer Security Center.
6650	Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling
6651		you how long it took to deliver to this address on the
6652		last try.  It is intended to be used for sorting mailing
6653		lists to favor "quick" addresses.  Provided for use by
6654		the mailprio scripts (see below).
6655	If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and
6656		an address requires that map for resolution, queue the
6657		map instead of bouncing it.  This involves creating a
6658		pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required
6659		map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map;
6660		all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail".  The
6661		bogus-map class is not directly accessible.  A sample
6662		implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow
6663		University Computing Service.
6664	Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks
6665		SMTP on its standard input.  Fix from Keith Moore of
6666		the University of Kentucky.
6667	Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename;
6668		previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized
6669		as a file.  Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis.
6670	Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon.  This only works if
6671		argv[0] is a full path to sendmail.
6672	Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines
6673		-- the network number wasn't being converted to network
6674		byte order.  Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies
6675		Corporation.
6676	Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with
6677		BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get
6678		reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time
6679		out.  Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft.
6680	Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of
6681		locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not
6682		an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added.  This really
6683		just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name"
6684		can be used to read trusted user names from a file.
6685		Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even
6686		if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells.
6687	Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them
6688		properly if they do not already exist.  This had been
6689		a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9.
6690	Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid
6691		(but not prevent, sigh) race conditions.  This ought to
6692		be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't.  Suggested by
6693		Michael Beirne of Motorola.
6694	Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem
6695		holding the queue.  Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf
6696		Communications.
6697	Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file
6698		when checking for file permissions iff setreuid()
6699		succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case.  This avoids
6700		significant performance problems when looking for .forward
6701		files.  Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC.
6702	Allow symbolic ruleset names.  Syntax can be "Sname" to get an
6703		arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer"
6704		to assign a specific ruleset number.  Reference is
6705		$>name_or_number.  Names can be composed of alphas, digits,
6706		underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric).
6707	Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional.
6708		From Bryan Costales of ICSI.
6709	Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is
6710		no legal recipient header in the message.  It can take
6711		on values:
6712		  None			Leave the message as is.  The
6713					message will be passed on even
6714					though it is in technically
6715					illegal syntax.
6716		  Add-To		Add a To: header with any
6717					recipients that it can find from
6718					the envelope.  This risks exposing
6719					Bcc: recipients.
6720		  Add-Apparently-To	Add an Apparently-To: header.  This
6721					has almost no redeeming social value,
6722					and is provided only for back
6723					compatibility.
6724		  Add-To-Undisclosed	Add a header reading
6725					To: undisclosed-recipients:;
6726					which will have the effect of
6727					making the message legal without
6728					exposing Bcc: recipients.
6729		  Add-Bcc		To add an empty Bcc: header.
6730					There is a chance that mailers down
6731					the line will delete this header,
6732					which could cause exposure of Bcc:
6733					recipients.
6734		The default is NoRecipientAction=None.
6735	Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header.  This
6736		should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't
6737		themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to
6738		be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind
6739		recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom.
6740	Add SafeFileEnvironment option.  If declared, files named as delivery
6741		targets must be regular files in addition to the regular
6742		checks.  Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as
6743		the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2)
6744		environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an
6745		alias or forward should include the name of this root.
6746		For example, if you run with
6747			O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch
6748		then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path".  If a
6749		value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to
6750		/usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the
6751		queue as Qfxxxxxx).  Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit.
6752	Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like
6753		entries.  For example, given the aliases:
6754			list: member1
6755			list: member2
6756		and an alias file declared as:
6757			OAhash:-A /etc/aliases
6758		the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2";
6759		without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent
6760		alias for "list".  Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
6761	Line-buffer transcript file.  Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys.
6762	Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in
6763		some special circumstances.  Problem pointed out by Allan
6764		Johannesen.
6765	(Internal change.)  Change interface to expand() (macro expansion)
6766		to be simpler and more consistent.
6767	Delete check for funny qf file names.  This didn't really give
6768		any extra security and caused some people some problems.
6769		(If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK
6770		at compile time.)  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6771	(Internal change.)  Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and
6772		merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent.
6773		This may affect some people who have written their own
6774		checkcompat() routine.
6775	(Internal change.)  Eliminate `D' line in qf file.  The df file
6776		is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with
6777		the `q' changed to a `d', of course).
6778	Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as
6779		"expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems.
6780		Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode
6781		if all it is going to do is queue anyway.
6782	Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances
6783		(specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary
6784		failure but the connection is lost before the DATA
6785		command).  Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing
6786		Corporation.
6787	Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme:
6788		Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch,
6789		where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is
6790		the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine
6791		architecture (e.g., sun4).  Any of these can be omitted,
6792		and anything after the first dot in a release number can
6793		be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4).  The previous
6794		version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general.
6795	Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory
6796		when it is being created.  This involves adding an empty
6797		"depend:" entry in most Makefiles.
6798	Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER",
6799		as indicated by RFC 1413.  Pointed out by Kari Hurtta
6800		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6801	Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command
6802		on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons).
6803		Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo.
6804	Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of
6805		the header.
6806	Log Authentication-Warning:s.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
6807	Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers
6808		to canonify addresses in headers on the fly.  This is still
6809		a rather ugly heuristic.  From Motonori Nakamura.
6810	Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX
6811		records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX
6812		lookups are done for addressing they must be fully
6813		qualified.  This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record,
6814		although it may cause other problems.  In general, don't use
6815		wildcard MX records.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura.
6816	Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message.  Instead of
6817		adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP"
6818		is added between the first and second word of the first
6819		line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the
6820		host name).  This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS
6821		compile flag.  Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's
6822		acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that
6823		old sendmails understand.
6824	Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1
6825		invoked state dumps.  From Masaharu Onishi.
6826	Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are
6827		introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP>
6828		is a space or a tab.  This is intended for native
6829		representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where
6830		existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose
6831		data -- for example,
6832		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori
6833					(romanized/less information)
6834		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?=
6835					      =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?=
6836					(with MIME encoding, not human readable)
6837		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B
6838					(native encoding with ISO-2022-JP)
6839		The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment.
6840		Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura.
6841	Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all
6842		messages to that host; these are most frequently associated
6843		with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of
6844		421 (service shutting down).  The effect was to cause queues
6845		to sometimes take an excessive time to flush.  Reported by
6846		Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and
6847		Eric Prestemon of American University.
6848	Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will
6849		run.  This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an
6850		increment on the background value).
6851	Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads.  They are logged
6852		at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8.  Contributed
6853		by Bruce Nagel of Data General.
6854	Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code
6855		instead of an sysexits status code in the host part.
6856		Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code.
6857	Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable
6858		to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system
6859		in addition to the set required by RFC 1521.  The additional
6860		characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~.
6861		(Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.)
6862	Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE]
6863		rather than looking for the mailer named *file*.  The mapping
6864		of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer.  This
6865		allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate
6866		program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header
6867		or do special security policy.  However, note that the usual
6868		initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and
6869		the program in question needs to be very careful about how
6870		it does the file write to avoid security problems.
6871	Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to
6872		regular users.  This is disrecommended because sendmail
6873		sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option
6874		is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be
6875		safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for
6876		whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link.
6877		Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories.
6878	Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts
6879		file.  This is used for canonifying hostnames when the
6880		service type is "files".
6881	Implement programs on F (read class from file) line.  The syntax is
6882		Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program
6883		into class "c".
6884	Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this
6885		host.  Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call.  Code
6886		contributed by SunSoft.
6887	Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment
6888		variables into children.  "E<envar>" will propagate
6889		the named variable from the environment when sendmail
6890		was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>"
6891		sets the named variable to the indicated value.  Any
6892		variables not explicitly named will not be in the child
6893		environment.  However, sendmail still forces an
6894		"AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce
6895		at least one environment variable, since many programs and
6896		libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed.
6897	Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of
6898		alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring
6899		"/yp/" in the file name.  This is more portable and involves
6900		less overhead.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
6901	Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose
6902		jobs in large queue runs.  The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter
6903		is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which
6904		should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option,
6905		which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever
6906		be handled in a single queue run.  Based on code contributed
6907		by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
6908	Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum
6909		message size.  Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech.
6910	Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without
6911		an X-Authentication-Warning: added.  Suggested by Mark Thomas
6912		of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
6913	Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the
6914		OS-dependent defines).  The old semantic of -d0.1 to not
6915		run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100,
6916		and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing
6917		all output files) has been moved to 52.100.  This makes
6918		things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change
6919		semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that
6920		it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging
6921		flags.
6922	If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an
6923		error message rather than just doing nothing.  Fix from
6924		Motonori Nakamura.
6925	On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily
6926		included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the
6927		`restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized
6928		user to not be able to use `mailq'.  Fix from Charles Hannum
6929		of MIT.
6930	Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers.  Suggested by
6931		Gerry Magennis of Logica International.
6932	Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs
6933		when running DNS.  For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is
6934		a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in
6935		the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG"
6936		if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set.
6937		This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the
6938		IETF is moving toward legalizing it.  Note that turning on
6939		this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream
6940		neighbor won't rewrite the address for you.
6941	Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object
6942		directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do
6943		the make.
6944	Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try
6945		to detect attacks against the qf file.  In particular,
6946		abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of
6947		file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited.
6948	Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor
6949		choices.  This can be overridden in the Makefile by using
6950		either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location
6951		(to the extent that we know it) or by defining
6952		_PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override").  This allows
6953		sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions.
6954	Allow macros on `K' line in config file.  Suggested by Andrew Chang
6955		of Sun Microsystems.
6956	Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar.  This one
6957		is at least 50% faster.
6958	Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a
6959		transient error.  Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell
6960		University.
6961	Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for
6962		classes.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
6963	Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead
6964		of dropping out entirely.  This makes testing some of the
6965		name server lookups easier to deal with when there are
6966		hung servers.  From Motonori Nakamura.
6967	Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode
6968		(e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.).  Suggested by
6969		Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>.
6970	Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs.
6971		Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid
6972		any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that
6973		want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued.  For
6974		this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname
6975		of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup.
6976	Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of
6977		Carnegie Mellon.
6978	Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2)
6979		support.
6980	Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could
6981		not send for past N days".  Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T
6982		Global Information Solutions.
6983	Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only.
6984		From Motonori Nakamura.
6985	Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags.  From
6986		Motonori Nakamura.
6987	Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end
6988		or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple.
6989	Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad
6990		address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP
6991		site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response
6992		to the final dot of the data.  Problem reported by David
6993		James of British Telecom.
6994	Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work.  Patches
6995		from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS.
6996	Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites
6997		that list the same host twice in an MX list.  This deletion
6998		only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that
6999		had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had
7000		A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B.  This is intentional,
7001		just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of.
7002		Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die.
7003	SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links.  If they are,
7004		a bad guy can read your private files.
7005	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7006		Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>.
7007		System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan
7008			University.  This expands the disk size
7009			checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations.
7010		System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3)
7011			and setrlimit(2) are both available.
7012		System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions
7013			apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles."
7014		Linux Makefile typo.
7015		Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 --
7016			from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia.
7017		More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State
7018			University, Chico.
7019		Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar:  ``On Cray, shorts,
7020			ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs
7021			are multiples of 64 bits.  This means that the
7022			sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8.
7023			This requires adaptation of code that really
7024			deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP
7025			addresses or nameserver fields.''
7026		DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>.  To
7027			get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2.
7028		DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment
7029			variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior.
7030		Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>.
7031			This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile
7032			problems.
7033		Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to
7034			match all the other configuration files.  Fix
7035			from Glenn Barry of Emory University.
7036		Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c.  Fix from Alain
7037			Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium.
7038		Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect.  Fix from
7039			Takashi Kizu of Osaka University.
7040		SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the
7041			emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername"
7042			doesn't require reading the file.  Fix from Peter
7043			Wemm of DIALix.
7044		Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation
7045			library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where
7046			they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the
7047			socket clears the problem.  Fix from Bob Manson
7048			of Ohio State University.
7049		Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability
7050			fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba
7051			University.
7052		AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Sch�pf
7053			of Zentrum f�r Datenverarbeitung der Universit�t
7054			Mainz.
7055		AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard.
7056		SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the
7057			wrong statfs call).
7058		ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project).
7059		Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers
7060			University.
7061		DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General.
7062		IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of
7063			Rochester Medical Center.
7064		Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos
7065			did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line;
7066			their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and
7067			Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from
7068			Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>.
7069		OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson
7070			<jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems
7071			Division.
7072		Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson
7073			<janet@dialix.oz.au>.
7074		System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain
7075			Durand of I.M.A.G.
7076		HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from
7077			Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University.
7078		Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation.
7079		Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North
7080			Dakota, Scientific Computing Center.
7081		Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications.
7082		ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel.
7083		IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre.
7084		ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey.
7085		HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud
7086			of Meteo France.
7087		HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>.
7088		IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta.
7089		FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation.
7090		Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura.
7091		Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura.
7092		NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura.
7093		NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales.
7094		AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer.
7095		HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard.
7096		Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a
7097			non-DEC resolver.  Suggested by Allan Johannesen.
7098		UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical
7099			University of Brno (Czech Republic).
7100		KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University
7101			of Colorado.
7102		UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC.
7103	MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases
7104		in type ``btree'' maps.  The semantics of this are undefined
7105		for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database.
7106	MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail
7107		lookups while the rebuild is going on.  There is a race
7108		condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock
7109		on the file, but it should be quite small.
7110	SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release.  This can
7111		be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer,
7112		giving the local administrator more control over what
7113		programs can be run from sendmail.
7114	MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape.  It is not really
7115		part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in
7116		particular, it does not run on System V based systems and
7117		never will.
7118	CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon
7119		to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have
7120		function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf.
7121	CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing
7122		lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that
7123		respond quickly get sent first.  This is to prevent very
7124		sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail.
7125		Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI.
7126	CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders
7127		of BSDI.  This has a lot of comments to help people out.
7128	CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead,
7129		put this on the m4 command line.  On GNU m4 (which
7130		supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an
7131		arbitrary directory -- use either:
7132			m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
7133		or
7134			m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
7135		On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you
7136		can use:
7137			m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ...
7138		(Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.)
7139		Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back
7140		compatibility.
7141	CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to
7142		MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses.
7143	CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host
7144		names.  Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
7145	CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration.
7146		From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore
7147		County.
7148	CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address.
7149	CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not
7150		just unqualified ones.
7151	CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it
7152		was never used and didn't work anyway.
7153	CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer
7154		and d on all mailers in the UUCP class.
7155	CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first
7156		look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and
7157		finally for "user".  This is intended for forwarding mail
7158		for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a
7159		centralized hub.
7160	CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above).
7161	CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set.
7162		The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since
7163		this is expected to be another sendmail.
7164	CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with
7165		the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the
7166		wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections),
7167		and this can create unreplyable addresses.  From Chip
7168		Rosenthal of Unicom.
7169	CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the
7170		Received: header inserted into all messages.  Suggested by
7171		Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
7172	CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost)
7173		to get the old behavior.  I did this upon observing
7174		that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the
7175		concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with
7176		some user agents anyway.  FEATURE(notsticky) still works,
7177		but it is a no-op.
7178	CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user
7179		names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them
7180		as User Unknown.
7181	CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS,
7182		and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the
7183		indicated mailers.  All default to "IPC $h".  Patch from
7184		Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
7185	CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects
7186		on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate
7187		return-path.  From Kimmo Suominen.
7188	CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program
7189		as the local mailer.  For addresses of the form "user+detail"
7190		the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag.
7191		Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
7192	CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for
7193		use from mailertables.  This lets you execute arbitrary
7194		procmail scripts.  Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
7195	CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers.
7196	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent.  From
7197		Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support.
7198	CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f.
7199		This causes the null return path to be rewritten as
7200		MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused.
7201		From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden.
7202	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that
7203		list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as
7204		though they were local (essentially, assume that they
7205		are included in $=w).  This can cause additional DNS
7206		traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your
7207		local model.  It does not work reliably if there are
7208		multiple hosts that share the best MX preference.
7209		Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers.
7210	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted
7211		SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery
7212		to programs.  If an argument is included, it is used as
7213		the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is
7214		assumed.
7215	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the
7216		size of messages to the local and procmail mailers
7217		respectively.  Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense
7218		Information Systems Agency.
7219	CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments
7220		(just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to
7221		properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax.
7222	CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to
7223		any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro
7224		so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use
7225		the Berkeley defaults.  Also, create some generic files
7226		that really can be used in the real world.
7227	CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for
7228		messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET,
7229		SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET.
7230	CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency.
7231		The old name will still be accepted for a while at least.
7232	CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET
7233		mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent.
7234		As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''.  Suggested
7235		by Scott Hutton.
7236	CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support.  Code contributed
7237		by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services.
7238	CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor
7239		performance for large alias files, and this confused many
7240		people.
7241	CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the
7242		configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup.
7243	CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it
7244		would only work when locally addressed.  Fix from
7245		Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services.
7246	CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option
7247		"n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database.
7248		Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier.
7249	CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form
7250		``error:code message''.  The ``code'' is a status code
7251		derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE.
7252		Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>.
7253	CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of
7254		sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name.
7255		These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes
7256		through with sender addresses in those domains they will be
7257		replaced by the masquerade name.  These can also be specified
7258		in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename).
7259	CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope
7260		as well as the header.  Substantial improvements to this
7261		code were contributed by Per Hedeland.
7262	CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be
7263		accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups.  Contributed
7264		by Kimmo Suominen.
7265	CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be
7266		used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support).
7267		Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon.
7268	CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for
7269		UUCP addressing.  Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
7270	NEW FILES:
7271		cf/cf/cs-hpux10.mc
7272		cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc
7273		cf/cf/cyrusproto.mc
7274		cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc
7275		cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc
7276		cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc
7277		cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc
7278		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc
7279		cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc
7280		cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc
7281		cf/cf/huginn.cs.mc
7282		cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4
7283		cf/domain/generic.m4
7284		cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4
7285		cf/feature/local_procmail.m4
7286		cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4
7287		cf/feature/smrsh.m4
7288		cf/feature/stickyhost.m4
7289		cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4
7290		cf/m4/cfhead.m4
7291		cf/mailer/cyrus.m4
7292		cf/mailer/mail11.m4
7293		cf/mailer/phquery.m4
7294		cf/mailer/procmail.m4
7295		cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4
7296		cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4
7297		cf/ostype/hpux10.m4
7298		cf/ostype/irix5.m4
7299		cf/ostype/isc4.1.m4
7300		cf/ostype/ptx2.m4
7301		cf/ostype/unknown.m4
7302		contrib/bsdi.mc
7303		contrib/mailprio
7304		contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch
7305		mail.local/mail.local.0
7306		makemap/makemap.0
7307		smrsh/README
7308		smrsh/smrsh.0
7309		smrsh/smrsh.8
7310		smrsh/smrsh.c
7311		src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS
7312		src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V
7313		src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10
7314		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x
7315		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64
7316		src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC
7317		src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR
7318		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x
7319		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x
7320		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP
7321		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX
7322		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon
7323		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2
7324		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3
7325		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4
7326		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5
7327		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386
7328		src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV
7329		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800
7330		src/aliases.0
7331		src/mailq.0
7332		src/mime.c
7333		src/newaliases.0
7334		src/sendmail.0
7335		test/t_seteuid.c
7336	RENAMED FILES:
7337		cf/cf/alpha.mc =>		cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc
7338		cf/cf/chez.mc =>		cf/cf/chez.cs.mc
7339		cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc
7340		cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc
7341		cf/cf/s2k.mc =>			cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc
7342		cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc
7343		cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc
7344		cf/cf/vangogh.mc =>		cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc
7345		cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 =>	cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4
7346		cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 =>	cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
7347		cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 =>	cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
7348		cf/domain/s2k.m4 =>		cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4
7349		cf/ostype/hpux.m4 =>		cf/ostype/hpux9.m4
7350		cf/ostype/irix.m4 =>		cf/ostype/irix4.m4
7351		cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 =>	cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4
7352		src/Makefile.* =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.*
7353		src/Makefile.AUX =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX
7354		src/Makefile.BSDI =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS
7355		src/Makefile.DGUX =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux
7356		src/Makefile.RISCos =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS
7357		src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 =>	src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0
7358	OBSOLETED FILES:
7359		cf/cf/cogsci.mc
7360		cf/cf/cs-exposed.mc
7361		cf/cf/cs-hidden.mc
7362		cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc
7363		cf/cf/knecht.mc
7364		cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc
7365		cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc
7366		cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc
7367		cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc
7368		cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc
7369		cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4
7370		contrib/rcpt-streaming
7371		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
7372
73738.6.13/8.6.12	1996/01/25
7374	SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
7375		insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
7376		any user (except root).
7377	CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
7378		version number is unchanged.
7379
73808.6.12/8.6.12	1995/03/28
7381	Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer
7382		too small, so nothing was ever accepted).  Fix from several
7383		people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the
7384		Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of
7385		Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of
7386		each other!).
7387	Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of
7388		file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather
7389		than fork().
7390
73918.6.11/8.6.11	1995/03/08
7392	The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often
7393		than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent.
7394	The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack''
7395		message when attempted from IDENT.
7396	In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when
7397		reporting the ``possible attack'' message.  This can
7398		cause denial of service attacks.  Truncate the message
7399		to 80 characters to prevent this problem.
7400	When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the
7401		read from the network to ensure that you don't get
7402		partial lines.
7403	Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null
7404		shell) wouldn't match as "ok".  Problem noted by
7405		Rob McMahon.
7406	When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the
7407		_res.options field is initialized differently than it
7408		was historically -- this requires that sendmail call
7409		res_init before it tweaks any bits.
7410	Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode
7411		and the stdio mode passed to fdopen.  This caused UnixWare
7412		2.0 to have conniptions.  Fix from Martin Sohnius of
7413		Novell Labs Europe.
7414	Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when
7415		using GNU's ld command.  Fix from John Kennedy of
7416		Cal State Chico.
7417	It was possible to turn off privacy flags.  Problem noted by
7418		*Hobbit*.
7419	Be more paranoid about writing files.  Suggestions by *Hobbit*
7420		and Liudvikas Bukys.
7421	MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular)
7422		from Spider Boardman.
7423	CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
7424		with the binaries).
7425
74268.6.10/8.6.10	1995/02/10
7427	SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that
7428		could allow trash to get into headers and qf files.
7429	Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol.
7430		Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally
7431		bogus information.  Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell
7432		of the Free Software Foundation.  Has some security
7433		implications.
7434	Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when
7435		the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly
7436		because it was passed as a printf-style format string.
7437		In some cases this could cause core dumps.
7438	Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error
7439		message is quite long.  From Fletcher Mattox of the
7440		University of Texas.
7441	Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error
7442		messages if and only if you were sending to an alias.
7443		From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and
7444		Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory.
7445	Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was
7446		set and e->e_message was null.  Fix from Bruce Nagel of
7447		Data General.
7448	Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around
7449		after "hop count exceeded" messages.  Fix from Andrew
7450		Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft.
7451	Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long
7452		user names (as might occur if you piped to a program
7453		with a lot of arguments).
7454	Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature
7455		is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''.
7456		Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of
7457		Michigan.
7458	Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned
7459		off.  Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire
7460		Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM),
7461		Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky
7462		Thibault.
7463	Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in
7464		some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups
7465		causing it to do unexpected things.  This also simplifies
7466		some of the map code.
7467	CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
7468		with the binaries).
7469
74708.6.9/8.6.9	1994/04/19
7471	Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal.
7472		This provides consistency with daemon delivery and
7473		may have some security implications.
7474	Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size,
7475		since that fails on some systems.  Reported by Ed
7476		Hill of the University of Iowa.
7477	Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message).  Reported
7478		by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company.
7479	Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it
7480		is trying to open is optional.  From Win Bent of USC.
7481	Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment.
7482	Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of
7483		Colorado.  Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U
7484		option.
7485	Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that
7486		is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called
7487		sendmail -bs from inetd.  Based on code contributed by
7488		Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer
7489		of Dakota State University).  This also fixes a related
7490		problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of
7491		Rochester.
7492	Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with
7493		variant versions can use them easily.  Suggested by
7494		Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems.
7495	SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two
7496		spaces between parameters instead of one.  Reported by
7497		Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
7498	Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by
7499		using global timeouts around the collect() loop.  This
7500		code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar.
7501	If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name
7502		without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration)
7503		and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get
7504		the canonical name.  This should make life easier for
7505		Solaris systems.  If it still can't be resolved, and
7506		if the name server is listed as "required", try again
7507		in 30 seconds.  If that also fails, exit immediately to
7508		avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself"
7509		messages.
7510	Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error
7511		message to explain how much space was available and
7512		sound a bit less threatening.  Suggested by Stan Janet
7513		of the National Institute of Standards and Technology.
7514	If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any
7515		requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the
7516		Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message.
7517		This prevents a certain class of denial of service
7518		attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and
7519		moves things more towards what will probably become a
7520		network standard.  Suggested by Christopher Davis of
7521		Kapor Enterprises.
7522	Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts
7523		without recompiling.
7524	Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message
7525		if there are errors during parsing.  This change is
7526		purely cosmetic.
7527	Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of
7528		SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets
7529		confused by this.  Of course, I think it's their bug....
7530	Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting
7531		lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection;
7532		if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message,
7533		and drops core for debugging.  This is an attempt to
7534		track down a bug that I thought was long since gone.
7535		If you see this, please forward the log fragment to
7536		sendmail@sendmail.ORG.
7537	Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off
7538		with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line.  From Christophe
7539		Wolfhugel.
7540	Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server
7541		SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close
7542		the port completely and reopen it later as needed.
7543		This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection
7544		refused" response, and that the connection can be
7545		recovered later.  In particular, some socket emulations
7546		seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue
7547		size around and can never start listening to connections
7548		again.  The down side is that someone could start up
7549		another daemon process in the interim, so you could
7550		have multiple daemons all not listening to connections;
7551		this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be
7552		incorrect.  A better approach might be to accept the
7553		connection and give a 421 code, but that could break
7554		other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior
7555		implications.
7556	Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to
7557		set debugging on the wrong socket.  From Eric Wassenaar.
7558	When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any
7559		existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes
7560		and the like could result in extra data being sent.
7561	DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the
7562		doc directory.  This includes some additional
7563		information.
7564	CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front
7565		of recipient envelope addresses.  This should have been
7566		handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were
7567		mixing domainized and UUCP addresses.  They should
7568		probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom
7569		instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to
7570		loop the mail, which was bad news.
7571	Portability fixes:
7572		Newer BSDI systems (several people).
7573		Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel.
7574		Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet.
7575		UnixWare, from Evan Champion.
7576		NetBSD from Adam Glass.
7577		Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of
7578			Newcastle upon Tyne.
7579		IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre
7580			Corporation.
7581		NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation.
7582		SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from
7583			Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
7584		HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist.
7585	New Files:
7586		src/Makefile.CLIX
7587		src/Makefile.NCR3000
7588		doc/changes/Makefile
7589		doc/changes/changes.me
7590		doc/changes/changes.ps
7591
75928.6.8/8.6.6	1994/03/21
7593	SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the
7594		E (error message) option.  Reported by Richard Jones;
7595		fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel.
7596
75978.6.7/8.6.6	1994/03/14
7598	SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird
7599		values to the -d flag.  Thanks to Alain Durand of
7600		INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq
7601		list.
7602
76038.6.6/8.6.6	1994/03/13
7604	SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based
7605		systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner
7606		of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways.
7607		Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a
7608		valid shell.
7609	IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections
7610		in the connection cache for a long time under some
7611		circumstances.  This could result in resource exhaustion,
7612		both at your end and at the other end.  This checks the
7613		connections for timeouts much more frequently.  From
7614		Doug Anderson of NCSC.
7615	Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as
7616		the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was
7617		from a local user to another local user.  From
7618		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
7619	Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking
7620		for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/".  From
7621		Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7622	Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability;
7623		instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of
7624		tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called
7625		SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE
7626		for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2)
7627		syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call,
7628		and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument
7629		statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>,
7630		<sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively).
7631	Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if
7632		there was no "/locations/sendmail" property.  From
7633		David Meyer of the University of Virginia.
7634	Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition
7635		to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a
7636		BSD-like system.
7637	Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident
7638		protocol entirely.
7639	Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a
7640		mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a
7641		7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise
7642		that it supports 8BITMIME.  You still have to specify
7643		mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all.
7644	Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically.
7645	Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files
7646		to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away
7647		files.
7648	Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias
7649		file if it was on a read-only file system.  From
7650		Harry Edmon of the University of Washington.
7651	Improve MX randomization function.  From John Gardiner Myers
7652		of CMU.
7653	Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used
7654		%s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number)
7655		when a bad queue file was read.  From Harry Edmon.
7656	Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail.  I'm not
7657		sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained
7658		about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether
7659		"localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain.
7660	Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in
7661		headers.  This causes a leading space to be added onto
7662		continuation lines (including in the body!), and also
7663		tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:,
7664		etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths.  Problem
7665		Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center.
7666	Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have
7667		security implications.  Suggested by several people.
7668	Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always
7669		log the numeric address as zero.  This is a somewhat
7670		bogus implementation in that it does an extra system
7671		call, but it should be an inexpensive one.  Fix from
7672		Motonori Nakamura.
7673	Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there
7674		were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long
7675		to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging.
7676	Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor
7677		per envelope -- previously the overhead was three
7678		descriptors.  This was in response to a problem reported
7679		by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
7680	Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes;
7681		this redirects the output to the transcript so the info
7682		is not lost.  From Eric Wassenaar.
7683	Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that
7684		has a naked $ at the end.  Problem noted by James Matheson
7685		<jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>.
7686	Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested
7687		action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of
7688		501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to
7689		avoid bogus "protocol error" messages.
7690	Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $]
7691		lookup.  This prevents it from ending up with two dots
7692		on the end of dot terminated names.  From Wesley Craig
7693		of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7694	Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is
7695		more informative.  It hadn't been using setclass, so you
7696		didn't see the class items being added.
7697	Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where
7698		NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but
7699		NIS is not running.  Fix from John Oleynick of
7700		Rutgers.
7701	Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value,
7702		but sets h_errno to a success value.
7703	Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important
7704		enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the
7705		address specified in the P option).  This fix should
7706		help problems that cause the df file to be left around
7707		sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce
7708		the problem myself.
7709	Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this
7710		only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher
7711		and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file.
7712		Problem noted by Janne Himanka.
7713	Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your
7714		SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection
7715		after 25 bad commands are issued.  From Kyle Jones of
7716		UUNET.
7717	Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers;
7718		fmtmsg overflows the message buffer.  Fixed by trimming
7719		the to address to 203 characters.  Problem reported by
7720		John Oleynick.
7721	Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where
7722		a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef.  Pointed out by
7723		George Baltz of the University of Maryland.
7724	Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To:
7725		lists to be incorrect in some places.  From Motonori
7726		Nakamura.
7727	Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split
7728		envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a
7729		name server failure.  Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the
7730		University of Washington.
7731	Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that
7732		don't have an ``=value'' part.
7733	CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also
7734		re-queued the message.  Changed to just re-queue the
7735		message (it's really hard to just bounce it because
7736		of the weird way the name server works in the presence
7737		of CNAME loops).  Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson
7738		of Cambridge University.
7739	Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages
7740		if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true
7741		user name.  Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI.
7742	Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can
7743		override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can
7744		turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0.
7745	If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails,
7746		try it without the trailing dot.  This is because if
7747		you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back
7748		to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find
7749		perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to
7750		be dot terminated in the hosts file.  You don't want to
7751		strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure
7752		that country names that match one of your subdomains get
7753		a chance.
7754	PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings.
7755		From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon.
7756	CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j.
7757		This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal
7758		address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your
7759		IP address), but the code was broken.  However, it will
7760		still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to
7761		get client configurations to work (sigh).  Note that this
7762		means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user
7763		database!  Problem noted by Paul Southworth.
7764	CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location.  From
7765		Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>.
7766	CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings.
7767	CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX,
7768		and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message
7769		size for various mailers.
7770	CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0]
7771		instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency
7772		with other mailers.  From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego.
7773	CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB,
7774		qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub}
7775		instead of user@$j.  From Bill Wisner of The Well.
7776	CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set.
7777	CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local
7778		mailer for IRIX.  This was different than most every other
7779		system.
7780	CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in
7781		envelope.  Noted by Thierry Besancon
7782		<besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>.
7783	CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems
7784		don't want it set by default.  Pointed out by Philippe
7785		Michel of Thomson CSF.
7786	CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your
7787		host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against
7788		".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar"
7789		instead of "foo.bar".  Also, allow "." in the mailertable
7790		to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST.
7791		This also moves matching of explicit local host names
7792		before the mailertable so they don't have to be special
7793		cased in the mailertable data.  Reported by Bill
7794		Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding
7795		problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the
7796		University of Sydney.
7797	CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver
7798		locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default.
7799		This is because of the known bug where definition of
7800		both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore
7801		both and deliver into the local mailbox.
7802	CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they
7803		are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was
7804		reported as ineffective before.  This also frees up
7805		diversion 8 for future use.  Problem reported by Kimmo
7806		Suominen.
7807	CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4])
7808		into host names.  As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens,
7809		these are often used because either the forward or reverse
7810		mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again.
7811	DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide.  From Kimmo
7812		Suominen.
7813	Portability fixes:
7814		Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software.
7815		DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7816		GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University.
7817		Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>.
7818		NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>.
7819		BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
7820		Apollo from Eric Wassenaar.
7821		DGUX from Doug Anderson.
7822		Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent.
7823	NEW FILES:
7824		src/Makefile.DomainOS
7825		src/Makefile.PTX
7826		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1
7827		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2
7828		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
7829		src/mailq.1
7830		cf/ostype/domainos.m4
7831		doc/op/Makefile
7832		doc/intro/Makefile
7833		doc/usenix/Makefile
7834
78358.6.5/8.6.5	1994/01/13
7836	Security fix:  /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test
7837		to allow root to own any file was backwards).  From
7838		Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley.
7839	Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs
7840		were invoked.  This caused programs to have group
7841		permissions they should not have had (usually group
7842		daemon instead of their own group).  In particular,
7843		Perl scripts would refuse to run.
7844	Security: check to make sure files that are written are not
7845		symbolic links (at least under some circumstances).
7846		Although this does not respond to a specific known
7847		attack, it's just a good idea.  Suggested by
7848		Christian Wettergren.
7849	Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on
7850		a system with a restricted shell listed in their
7851		/etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any
7852		program by putting that in their .forward file.
7853		This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell
7854		appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to
7855		execute a program or write a file.  You can disable
7856		this by putting "*" in /etc/shells.  It also won't
7857		permit world-writable :include: files to reference
7858		programs or files (there's no way to disable this).
7859		These behaviors are only one level deep -- for
7860		example, it is legal for a world-writable :include:
7861		file to reference an alias that writes a file, on
7862		the assumption that the alias file is well controlled.
7863	Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when
7864		looking into subdirectories.  This would potentially
7865		allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly
7866		readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory.
7867	Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached
7868		connection to create problems on the current job.
7869		These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in
7870		the wrong place.
7871	Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue
7872		runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a
7873		problem that ignored the load average in locally
7874		generated mail.  From Eric Wassenaar.
7875	Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS.  From
7876		John Orthoefer of BB&N.
7877	Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just
7878		too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over
7879		NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways.
7880	Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused
7881		when sending error messages.  This resulted in
7882		"unexpected close" messages.  It should fix itself
7883		on the following queue run.  Problem noted by
7884		Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester.
7885	Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide.
7886		This seems odd, but it was documented....  From
7887		Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
7888	Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be
7889		forced to be owned by root instead of daemon
7890		(actually DefUid).  From Tim Irvin.
7891	Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen
7892		of the Chalmers University of Technology.
7893	Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error
7894		code associated with it -- previously it returned OK
7895		even though there was a real problem.  Now it assumes
7896		EX_UNAVAILABLE.
7897	Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had
7898		no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of
7899		"." to be discarded.  Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys.
7900	Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried
7901		to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing
7902		a core dump.  From der Mouse at McGill University.
7903	Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch;
7904		this makes it easier to turn it off (using
7905		-DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile).  From der Mouse.
7906	Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of
7907		gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries
7908		to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with
7909		SunOS.  If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes
7910		transfers to slave servers.  Bug noted by Keith
7911		McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc.
7912	Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large
7913		(> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr
7914		to be trashed.  Use the size of the sockaddr instead.
7915		Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State.
7916	Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not
7917		defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts
7918		file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing
7919		dot convention.
7920	Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead
7921		of from a clean exit.
7922	If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS
7923		"host unknown" message is authoritative -- it
7924		might still be found in /etc/hosts.
7925	Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent
7926		as the subject of an error message, even though the
7927		actual cause of a message was more severe than that.
7928		Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI.
7929	Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking.  From Kyle
7930		Jones of UUNET.
7931	Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some
7932		versions of syslog(3).  This adds a new compile time
7933		variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE.  From Jay Plett of Princeton
7934		University, which is in turn derived from IDA.
7935	Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously
7936		it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec
7937		says that they should be ignored.
7938	Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for
7939		debugging).  This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set
7940		(with the null input), and logs the result.  This
7941		should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process
7942		is not reentrant.
7943	Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as
7944		documented in the Bat Book.
7945	If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not
7946		return an error message and did not requeue the message.
7947		Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of
7948		Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France.
7949	Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error
7950		code during some parts of connection initialization.
7951		I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on
7952		the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in
7953		any case.  From Amir Plivatsky.
7954	Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null.
7955		Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7956	Full-Name: field was being ignored.  Fix from Motonori Nakamura
7957		of Kyoto University.
7958	Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle.
7959		From P{r Emanuelsson.
7960	Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts.
7961		Suggested by Douglas Anderson.
7962	Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls.  Suggested by
7963		Bryan Costales.
7964	Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be
7965		needed for parsing.  Problem noted by Douglas Anderson.
7966	Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP
7967		(e.g., if all RCPTs failed).  Suggested by Motonori
7968		Nakamura.
7969	Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender
7970		address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid
7971		illegal addresses appearing there).
7972	Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of
7973		BB&N.
7974	Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always
7975		included.
7976	Remember to set $i during queue runs.  Reported by Stephen
7977		Campbell of Dartmouth University.
7978	If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during
7979		canonification as the name of a file with per-user host
7980		translations so that headers are properly mapped.  Reported
7981		by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
7982	Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not
7983		using [IPC]) should die on a core dump.
7984	Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused
7985		by the other end closing the connection.  From
7986		Dave Morrison of Oracle.
7987	Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq"
7988		to include a host name or other useful information.
7989	Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems.  From Vince
7990		DeMarco.
7991	Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to
7992		NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/
7993		forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing
7994		the message for retry.  Noted by William C Fenner of
7995		the NRL Connection Machine Facility.
7996	Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence
7997		had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character.
7998	Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around
7999		them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do
8000		this properly).
8001	Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form:
8002		``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the
8003		null macro.  Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM.
8004	Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to
8005		not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs
8006		to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when
8007		it was not.  The effect of the problem was to make it
8008		very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few
8009		local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a
8010		corporate hub.  Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the
8011		University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD.
8012	Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header
8013		addresses.  This is more efficient (fewer name server
8014		calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such
8015		as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is
8016		non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did
8017		something else.  Problem reported by Brian J. Coan
8018		of the Institute for Global Communications.
8019	Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand
8020		new arguments.  For example, if you used ``sendmail
8021		-C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because
8022		the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments.
8023	Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their
8024		mail to the same program and have them appear unique.
8025	Portability fixes for:
8026		SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy.
8027		SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand.
8028		System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others.
8029		OSF/1 from Steve Campbell.
8030		DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt
8031			of Stoner Associates.
8032		Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola.
8033		Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University
8034			of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University
8035			of Maryland.
8036		FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert.
8037		NetBSD from Adam Glass.
8038		TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University.
8039		Irix from Bryan Curnutt.
8040		Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona.
8041		RISC/os.
8042		Linux from John Kennedy of California State University
8043			at Chico.
8044		Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force.
8045		NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco.
8046		HP-UX from various people.  NOTA BENE:  the location
8047			of the config file has moved to /usr/lib
8048			to match the HP-UX version of sendmail.
8049	CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer;
8050		since this is intended only for internal use, the
8051		usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed.  The
8052		main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP
8053		addresses when relaying internally.
8054	CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:;
8055		syntax addresses delivered via UUCP.  Solution
8056		provided by Peter Wemm.
8057	CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset
8058		zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses.  From
8059		Irving Reid of the University of Toronto.
8060	CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1
8061		from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy.
8062	CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency;
8063		this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside)
8064		that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain
8065		names.
8066	CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts)
8067		rather than letting them get "local configuration
8068		error"s.  Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers.
8069	CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted
8070		by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this
8071		has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax.  This
8072		also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and
8073		"uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency.
8074	CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen
8075		<kim@grendel.lut.fi>).
8076	CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone.
8077	CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g.,
8078		``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade)
8079		was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host
8080		added to the address.  Problem noted by Peter Wan
8081		of Georgia Tech.
8082	CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w.  From
8083		Jim Murray of Stratus.
8084	CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V"
8085		mailer flag.  Briefly, if you are sending to host
8086		"foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz",
8087		"foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has
8088		the local name prepended.
8089	CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX.
8090	DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide.
8091	MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or
8092		which lack newline.  From Mark Delany.
8093	MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes
8094		in and out of the system).  From Tom Ferrin of UC
8095		San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab.
8096	SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES:
8097		On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to
8098			/usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail.
8099		Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable
8100			:include: files and accounts that have shells
8101			that are not listed in /etc/shells.  This may
8102			cause some .forward files that have worked
8103			before to start failing.
8104		SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log.
8105	NEW FILES:
8106		src/Makefile.DGUX
8107		src/Makefile.Dynix
8108		src/Makefile.FreeBSD
8109		src/Makefile.Mach386
8110		src/Makefile.NetBSD
8111		src/Makefile.RISCos
8112		src/Makefile.SCO
8113		src/Makefile.SVR4
8114		src/Makefile.Titan
8115		cf/mailer/pop.m4
8116		cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4
8117		cf/ostype/dgux.m4
8118		cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4
8119		cf/ostype/sco3.2.m4
8120		makemap/Makefile.dist
8121		praliases/Makefile.dist
8122
81238.6.4/8.6.4	1993/10/31
8124	Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment)
8125		if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in
8126		savemail.  Problem reported by Richard Liu.
8127	Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP.  This
8128		makes quite certain that crackers can't use this
8129		class of attack.
8130	Reliability Fix:  check return value from fclose() and fsync()
8131		in a few critical places.
8132	Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for
8133		redirecting the output channel on queue runs.  It's
8134		not clear this code even does anything.  From Eric
8135		Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear
8136		and High-Energy Physics.
8137	Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work",
8138		such as double-reading the Errors-To: header.  From
8139		Eric Wassenaar.
8140	Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the
8141		data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this
8142		fix causes them to be properly reported.  From Eric
8143		Wassenaar.
8144	Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only
8145		really become relevant in the next release, but some
8146		people need it for local patches.  From Michael
8147		Corrigan of UC San Diego.
8148	Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers)
8149		for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since
8150		these can have different values depending on which
8151		envelope they are in.  From Eric Wassenaar.
8152	Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you
8153		what uid/gid processes ran as.
8154	Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if
8155		the sender address was unparseable for some reason;
8156		this was supposed to fall back to the "return to
8157		postmaster" case.
8158	Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm.
8159	Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header
8160		file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX.
8161	CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope
8162		addresses (so that it matches local again).  From
8163		Christopher Davis.
8164	CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n;
8165		this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like
8166		``From   Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''.  From Motonori
8167		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
8168	CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly.  This isn't legal, but
8169		it shouldn't fail miserably.  From Motonori Nakamura.
8170
81718.6.2/8.6.2	1993/10/15
8172	Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for
8173		addresses that get return-receipts.
8174	Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning
8175		messages -- some people don't read carefully enough
8176		and end up sending the message several times.
8177	Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return
8178		message.  Currently, it just says "cannot send for
8179		four hours".
8180	Fix the "Original message received" time generated for
8181		returntosender messages.  It was previously listed as
8182		the current time.  Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of
8183		Cornell University Medical College.
8184	If there is an error when writing the body of a message,
8185		don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response
8186		in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to
8187		hang up under some bizarre circumstances.  From Eric
8188		Wassenaar.
8189	Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when
8190		connections fail during message collection.  From
8191		Eric Wassenaar.
8192	Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the
8193		name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects
8194		the DATA command.  Problem reported by Jim Murray of
8195		Stratus.
8196	Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file
8197		incorrectly resolves to a null hostname.  Reported by
8198		Allan Johannesen of WPI.
8199	Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ
8200		by non-root users were not put into
8201		X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the
8202		config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet.  Fix
8203		from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea.
8204	Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code
8205		could get confused as to whether a database was
8206		open or not.
8207	Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is
8208		intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific
8209		configuration syntax.  (This is a "new feature",
8210		but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief
8211		that this is a highly exceptional case.)
8212	Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC),
8213		SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1
8214		(from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley)
8215	CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming.
8216
82178.6.1/8.6	1993/10/08
8218	Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V.
8219	Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down
8220		causing an error during parsing, that message was never
8221		propagated to the queue file.
8222
82238.6/8.6		1993/10/05
8224	Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in
8225		conf.h (other systems have the same bug).
8226	If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume
8227		getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly
8228		large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the
8229		header files but don't have the syscall.
8230	Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname
8231		if trymx == FALSE.
8232	Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for
8233		delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error
8234		in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To:
8235		line).  Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
8236	Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this
8237		is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel.
8238	Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the
8239		Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix
8240		(from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.),
8241		NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from
8242		Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from
8243		Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo
8244		Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers.
8245	Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs.  From Takahiro
8246		Kanbe.
8247	Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same
8248		name already exists.  Problem stumbled over by Bill
8249		Wisner of The Well.
8250	Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes.
8251		Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services.
8252	Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and
8253		:include: files.  This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions
8254		slightly more.  This includes proper setting of groups
8255		when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some
8256		files that you should be able to read but have previously
8257		been denied unless you owned them or they had "other"
8258		read permission.
8259	Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that
8260		if the user is forced to override some silly system,
8261		MX suppression will still work.
8262	Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double-
8263		calling expensive routines.  In at least one case, it
8264		wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the
8265		same result.  Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel.
8266	Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error
8267		condition from a non-SMTP mailer.  From Motonori
8268		Nakamura.
8269	Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that
8270		"CX $Z" works.
8271	Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still
8272		trying to send the original message if the connection
8273		is closed during a DATA command after getting an error
8274		on an RCPT command (pretty obscure).  Problem reported
8275		by John Myers of CMU.
8276	Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long
8277		term bug.
8278	Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning:
8279		cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message;
8280		it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and
8281		only on some architectures.  Although sendmail would
8282		keep trying, it would send error messages on each
8283		queue interval.  This is an important fix.
8284	Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively.
8285	Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make
8286		ruleset testing a bit easier.
8287	Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command
8288		line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging
8289		level.
8290	Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on
8291		the command line.  This is only done if there is exactly
8292		one recipient.  Technically, this does not meet the
8293		specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the
8294		address.
8295	Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if
8296		you used the -t flag.  Problem noted by Josh Smith of
8297		Harvey Mudd College.
8298	Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first
8299		``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''.  This is to
8300		avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in
8301		their full name information.
8302	Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have
8303		an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To:
8304		defined in the config file H lines.  From J.R. Oldroyd.
8305	Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get
8306		wrong when compiling.  Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI.
8307	Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the
8308		df file got lost; this would cause servers to always
8309		give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse.
8310		Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
8311	Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT
8312		protocol timeouts (30s default).  Requested by Murray
8313		Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus
8314		PC TCP/IP implementations.
8315	Change $w default definition to be just the first component of
8316		the domain name on config level 5.  The $j macro defaults
8317		to the FQDN; $m remains as before.  This lets well-behaved
8318		config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain
8319		names.
8320	Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture
8321		builds.  I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still
8322		helpful.
8323	Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to
8324		get a queue file for an already completed job.  This
8325		problem has existed for years.  Problem noted by the
8326		long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI.
8327	Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to
8328		udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused
8329		it to sometimes miss records that it should have found.
8330	Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs
8331		that claims to be itself works properly.
8332	Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in
8333		buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get
8334		it right.  Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites
8335		recipient addresses, not sender addresses.
8336	Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot
8337		resolve /file/name style addresses.  Fix from Jonathan
8338		Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
8339	Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to
8340		be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully
8341		queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors
8342		would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from
8343		scratch.
8344	Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise
8345		true address to still send to the original address
8346		if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre
8347		ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address).
8348		Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens.
8349	Remove support for frozen configuration files.  They caused
8350		more trouble than it was worth.
8351	Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when
8352		using both -odb and -t flags.  Problem noted by Rob
8353		McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley.
8354	Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w.  For example,
8355		if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will
8356		contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu.
8357	Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run
8358		the queue.
8359	Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that
8360		messages don't come out with stale information.
8361	Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages
8362		will properly reflect the true filename being locked.
8363	Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need
8364		for MAXIPADDR in conf.h.  Suggested by John Gardiner
8365		Myers of CMU.
8366	Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after
8367		an SMTP RSET command.  Problem and fix from Michael
8368		Corrigan.
8369	Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is
8370		negative.  Error reports still go to the envelope
8371		sender address.
8372	Add LA_SHORT for load averages.
8373	Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics.
8374	Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to
8375		set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you
8376		run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down
8377		(although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation
8378		so that it's not necessary to recompile every program
8379		that does bulk data transfer).
8380	Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups.  Problem reported by
8381		Amir Plivatsky.
8382	Diagnose crufty S and V config lines.  This resulted from an
8383		observation that some people were using the SITE macro
8384		without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing
8385		bogus config files that were not caught.
8386	Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it
8387		on instead).  THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!!
8388	Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if
8389		you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl
8390		locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown.
8391	Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or
8392		:include:s don't use the wrong uid.
8393	If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was
8394		called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken.
8395		This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the
8396		alias file.  Fix from Motonori Nakamura.
8397	Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion
8398		if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file.
8399	Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be
8400		opened or if running with no database format defined.
8401	Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn
8402		is set.  Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
8403	Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive
8404		mailers) to be ignored in SMTP.  Problem noted and the
8405		solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of
8406		Melbourne.
8407	Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to
8408		hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and
8409		returns the real name.  This allows mailertable entries
8410		to match regular entries.
8411	Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid
8412		feature, even if it doesn't work right.
8413	Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP.
8414		This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT.
8415	Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this
8416		for programs that are specified through a .forward file.
8417		Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
8418	Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal
8419		error message so that the "subject" line of return
8420		messages is the best possible.
8421	CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration
8422		parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g.,
8423		define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local'').
8424	CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom
8425		connections (domain-ized UUCP).
8426	CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file
8427		name).  Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel.
8428	CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on
8429		DNS.  This would presumably be used in UUCP islands.
8430	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux).
8431	CONFIG: log $u in Received: line.  This is in technical violation
8432		of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain
8433		on the address.
8434	CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that
8435		if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include
8436		the "m" flag should you want it.  Apparently some Solaris 2.2
8437		installations can't handle multiple local recipients.
8438		Problem noted by Josh Smith.
8439	CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults).
8440	CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5.
8441	CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that
8442		forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the
8443		addresses in any detail.
8444	CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when
8445		used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form.
8446	CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented
8447		with an address such as "!foo".
8448	CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if
8449		the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken.  There's a better
8450		way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I
8451		want to hold it for another release.  Problem noted by
8452		Bret Marquis.
8453
84548.5/8.5		1993/07/23
8455	Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown
8456		sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating
8457		everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that
8458		would do the return itself).  Problem noted by Josh Smith.
8459	Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data,
8460		even during a T_ANY query.  This actually didn't break
8461		anything, because the only time you called getcanonname
8462		with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX
8463		records, but it is somewhat cleaner.  From Motonori
8464		Nakamura.
8465	Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there
8466		are no DNS records matching the name.
8467	Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The
8468		original message was received ... from localhost".
8469		The correct original host information is now included.
8470	Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their
8471		version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag).  Change it
8472		to use -f instead.  From John Myers.
8473	CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to
8474		esmtp -- it should be smtp.
8475	CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults
8476		to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used,
8477		else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown");
8478		this cleans up the configs somewhat.  This fixes a serious
8479		problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays,
8480		pointed out by John Myers.  WARNING: this also causes
8481		the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to
8482		"relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified.
8483
84848.4/8.4		1993/07/22
8485	Add option `w'.  If you receive a message that comes to you because
8486		you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and
8487		you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in
8488		your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target
8489		host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all).  If
8490		`w' is not set, this case is a configuration error.
8491		Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like
8492		"message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that
8493		are really configuration errors.  This option is
8494		disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with
8495		UIUC sendmail.
8496	Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open
8497		when sendmail forks after the DATA command.  This caused
8498		calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the
8499		entire list was processed and the child closed -- a
8500		potentially prodigious amount of time.  Problem noted
8501		by Neil Rickert.
8502	Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple
8503		addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely
8504		suppress the sending of the message.  This changes
8505		handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an
8506		EF_GLOBALERRS flag.  This also fixes a potential problem
8507		with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error
8508		in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late
8509		in processing.  Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith
8510		of Harvey Mudd College.  This release includes quite a bit
8511		of dickering with error handling (see below).
8512	Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error.  This
8513		will only hurt already-broken software and should help
8514		humans.
8515	Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were
8516		compiled in.  It would never read the alias file.
8517	Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already
8518		repaired).
8519	Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would
8520		log this even when the queue file still existed.  Change
8521		this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the
8522		queue file is actually removed.  From John Myers.
8523	Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there
8524		is no pending transaction.  Some senders just close the
8525		connection rather than sending QUIT.
8526	Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified
8527		domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause
8528		the subsequent host name lookup to fail.  The problem
8529		only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set.
8530		Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
8531	Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had
8532		unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused
8533		core dumps on some machines.
8534	Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN.
8535		Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which
8536		then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA
8537		(confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which
8538		returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on
8539		whether you were running VERBose mode.  Now it usually
8540		diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken".
8541		Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose
8542		some true error conditions.
8543	Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes.
8544		These are not reported only to Postmaster.  Unbalanced
8545		parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes.
8546		They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP.
8547	Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that
8548		failed and the alias they arose from.  This makes it
8549		somewhat easier to diagnose problems.  Difficulty noted
8550		by Motonori Nakamura.
8551	Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses
8552		that shouldn't have had one during a queue run.  This
8553		caused error messages to be handled differently during
8554		a queue run than a direct run.
8555	Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during
8556		the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was
8557		just extra stuff for users to crawl through.
8558	Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can
8559		auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments.
8560		Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the
8561		daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to
8562		restart it.
8563	Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the
8564		IDENT daemon to screw up.  This required that I change
8565		HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode
8566		changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem
8567		to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid
8568		as well as the effective.  The program test/t_setreuid.c
8569		will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2)
8570		is appropriately functional.
8571	The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify
8572		fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there,
8573		but it wasn't being enabled.  Problem noted by Murray
8574		Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo.
8575	Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal
8576		code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase
8577		with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be
8578		confusing.  Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision
8579		Technologies.
8580	Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the
8581		process group id.  The original fix was to get around
8582		some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks
8583		any call from a shell that creates a process group id
8584		different from the process id.  I could try to fix
8585		this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or
8586		equivalent) but this is too likely to break other
8587		things.
8588	Portability changes:
8589		Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently
8590			DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs
8591			instead of using standard flags.  Oh joy.  This
8592			behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University
8593			of Colorado.
8594		SGI IRIX  -- this includes several changes that should
8595			help other strict ANSI compilers.
8596		SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication
8597			Corporation.
8598		Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the
8599			documentation apparently doesn't define
8600			__STDC__ by default).
8601		ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
8602		Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from
8603			Motonori Nakamura.
8604	CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'.
8605	CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags;
8606		several people have made a good argument that this
8607		creates more problems than it solves (although this
8608		may prove painful in the short run).
8609	CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host"
8610		format.
8611	CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset
8612		98 (8 on old sendmail).  Domain literal [a.b.c.d]
8613		addresses are also passed through this ruleset.
8614	CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined,
8615		internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of
8616		ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however,
8617		the angle brackets confused the recursive call.
8618		These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name".
8619	CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken
8620		ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of
8621		ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_').  Problem found by Rein Tollevik
8622		of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
8623	CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very
8624		early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass
8625		things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses.
8626		Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well.
8627	CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or
8628		esmtp) to send SMTP mail.  This allows you to default
8629		to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to
8630		deal with broken servers.  This logic was pointed out
8631		to me by Bill Wisner.  Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER.
8632	Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4
8633		environments.  Ugly as sin.
8634
86358.3/8.3		1993/07/13
8636	Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages
8637		like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument"
8638		or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied".  This
8639		involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes
8640		the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out
8641		that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break
8642		some systems badly.  This includes some fixes for
8643		HP-UX.  Also fixes problems where the real uid is
8644		not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert).
8645	Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the
8646		addresses that timed out.  Error messages are also more
8647		"user friendly".
8648	Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to
8649		16 bytes/sec.
8650	Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD
8651		compatibility library.  This also adds a new
8652		"HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if
8653		you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2).
8654		These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at
8655		University of Oregon.  This now seems to work, at least
8656		for quick test cases.
8657	Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be
8658		sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses,
8659		and at least one of those addresses is good and points
8660		to an account that has a .forward file (whew!).
8661	Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat()
8662		returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark
8663		the "to" address).  Problem noted by John Myers.
8664	Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending
8665		on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case.  This
8666		isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses.
8667		From Michael Corrigan.
8668	CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of
8669		messages sent through UUCP-family mailers.  Suggested
8670		by Bill Wisner of The Well.
8671	CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified,
8672		include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style
8673		addressing.  Suggested by Bill Wisner.
8674	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match
8675		LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS.  Suggested by
8676		Christophe Wolfhugel.
8677	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3).  From Christophe Wolfhugel.
8678
86798.2/8.2		1993/07/11
8680	Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode.
8681	On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To
8682		header) for back compatibility.  NOTE:  this DOES NOT
8683		imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way.
8684	Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1.  Why, why, why???
8685	Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old
8686		SMTP server to give an error on this command, and
8687		logging it in the transcript can be confusing.  Fix
8688		from Bill Wisner.
8689	IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich
8690		<drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>.
8691	Solaris 2 compatibility changes.  Provided by Bob Cunningham
8692		<bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick
8693		<juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu>
8694	Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c);
8695		move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to
8696		match the other flags in that file.
8697	Flush transcript before fork in mailfile().  From Eric Wassenaar.
8698	Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display.
8699		Changes from Eric Wassenaar.
8700	Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file
8701		failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer
8702		reference in very weird cases.  From Eric Wassenaar.
8703	Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of
8704		forks.  From Eric Wassenaar.
8705	Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new
8706		Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid
8707		re-using old value).  From Motonori Nakamura.
8708	Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only)
8709		was specified, it would still replace the key with the
8710		value.  Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
8711	If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out"
8712		message would ever be sent back.  The timeout code
8713		has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope()
8714		so that all such failures should be diagnosed.  Pointed
8715		out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others.
8716	Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or
8717		forward path must be readable by self if the controlling
8718		user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g.,
8719		when reading your .forward file, you have to own and
8720		have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in
8721		the root and directories leading up to your home);
8722		include files must be readable by anyone, but need not
8723		be owned by you.
8724	If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before
8725		reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems
8726		on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and
8727		the user's home directory isn't x'able.
8728	Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser.
8729	Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen.
8730	Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can
8731		get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second.  Note that
8732		this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which
8733		is separate; this is just intended to work around
8734		network clogs that will occur before the final dot
8735		is sent.  From Eric Wassenaar.
8736	Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively --
8737		it initially tries both, but if it finds anything
8738		matching without a null it never tries again with a
8739		null and vice versa.  If -N is specified, it never
8740		tries without the null and creates new maps with a
8741		null byte.  If -O is specified, it never tries with
8742		the null (for efficiency).  If -N and -O are specified,
8743		you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would
8744		be a bad idea.  If you don't specify either -N or -O,
8745		it adapts.
8746	Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions
8747		will insert the appropriate full name information;
8748		this used to work and got broken somewhere along the
8749		way.
8750	Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the
8751		log.  For example, if you lost a connection, don't
8752		bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost.
8753	Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down
8754		why we get occasional problems with file descriptor
8755		one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to
8756		only happen when there has been another error in the
8757		same transaction.  This requires XDEBUG, defined
8758		by default in conf.h.
8759	Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of
8760		all SMTP transactions.  This is intended ONLY for
8761		debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start
8762		it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing,
8763		and then kill it off and examine the indicated log.
8764		This output is not intended to be particularly human
8765		readable.  This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile
8766		flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__.
8767	CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer.  If you
8768		have a local net that should get direct connects, you
8769		will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts.
8770		See cf/README for an example.
8771	CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle
8772		sites that don't use the -d flag.
8773	CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses
8774		behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this
8775		has been requested by several people, but can break
8776		local aliases.  For example, if you mail to "localalias"
8777		this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost";
8778		although initial delivery will work, replies will be
8779		broken.  Use it sparingly.
8780	CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable).  This maps unqualified domains
8781		to qualified domains in headers.  I believe this is
8782		largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name.
8783	CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k.  This permits you
8784		to override the "system name" as your UUCP name --
8785		in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names.  From
8786		Bill Wisner of The Well.
8787	CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO
8788		first.  This is currently unused in the config files,
8789		but could be used in a mailertable entry.
8790
87918.1C/8.1B	1993/06/27
8792	Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on
8793		the system, regardless of ownership and permissions.
8794	If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it
8795		immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting.
8796		This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups.
8797	CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT)
8798
87998.1B/8.1A	1993/06/12
8800	Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by
8801		two tokens in classes instead of one.  Found by Claus
8802		Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany.
8803
88048.1A/8.1A	1993/06/08
8805	Another mailertable fix....
8806
88078.1/8.1		1993/06/07
8808	4.4BSD freeze.  No semantic changes.
8809